70
Introduction to QoS Mechanisms Instructor: Hamid R. Rabiee Spring 2012

Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

  • Upload
    ledieu

  • View
    220

  • Download
    1

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

Introduction to

QoS Mechanisms

Instructor Hamid R Rabiee

Spring 2012

Outline

Introduction to QoS

History

QoS Definitions

Basic Functional Blocks of QoS

Call Admission

Resource Reservation

PolicingShaping

Scheduling

Congestion Avoidance Mechanisms

IP Network Architecture

Intserv RSVP

Diffserv MPLS-TE

Summary

2Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Introduction ndash Quality of Service (QoS)

The Best Effort Paradigm

Increase in traffic leads to degradation of service for all Some applications are impacted more than

others

Why not just over-provision resources

Everyone can then get the best quality all the timehellip

The QE curve and its implications

Do we need QoS

Users will find new applications that will eventually cause bandwidth to be a limiting factor (Murphyrsquos

Law)

Two main traffic types Delay-sensitive(VOD) Loss-sensitive(Mail)

Relative misuse of available bandwidth by protocols with no throttling mechanism (such as UDP)

over others that do (TCP) may incorrectly penalize conforming flows

Conclusion

We may need QoS mechanisms for guaranteed services across the network

3Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS ndash Definition(s)

Definition

The end-to-end perspective (We the users) QoS is a quantification of

serviceapplication-relevant measures of network effectiveness against

acceptable levels for measures such as

Delay

Jitter

Loss

response time

throughput

QoS ndash The network architecture perspective (We the providers)

Provide services to specific traffic classes such that QoS can be provided to end-

users on a guaranteeddifferential basis

4Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS affecting factors

The factors affecting the quality of real time services over packet networks

include

Quantization noise

Bit error ratio

Delay

Contributed by the codec

Contributed by the network

Packet queuing delay caused by queuing packets in the buffer

Propagation delay the time expended for the signal to travel the

transmission distance

5Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS Affecting Factors

Delay variation or ldquojitterrdquo

Jitter is removed by a buffer in the receiving device

If jitter exceeds the size of the jitter buffersbquo the buffer will overflow and packet

loss will occur

What is the source of delay variation

Packet loss

The choice of codec

Echo control

The design of the network

Blocking probability

6Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Delay Jitter

7Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

The QoS Perspective

So what is Quality of Service

Ability to provide better service to selected traffic

Distinguish traffic with strict timing requirements

Allocate resources in the network (eg bandwidth buffer priority) so that traffic

gets to destinations quickly and reliably

Do not create bandwidth ndash simply manage it effectively to meet application

requirements

Benefits of using QoS

Dedicated bandwidth

Controlled network latency and jitter

Improved loss characteristics

Control and predictability beyond the ldquobest-effortrdquo concept

8Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS at Different Layers

QoS can be provided at different layers

Application Layer

Transport layer

(system) Network layer

TCP based congestion control scheme is application specific Some

applications can run on UDP some of modified unfriendly TCP for other

user Even more real-time application can not cope the large fluctuation of

Tx Rate due to TCP

Core network does not provide any QoS

To over come this problem network layer QoS is considered

We consider Network layer solutions

9Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Quality of Service Heterogeneity

10Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS11

Principles for QOS Guarantees

Consider a phone application at 1Mbps and an FTP application sharing a

15 Mbps link

bursts of FTP can congest the router and cause audio packets to be dropped

want to give priority to audio over FTP

PRINCIPLE 1 Marking of packets is needed for router to distinguish

between different classes and new router policy to treat packets accordingly

QoS12

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Applications misbehave (audio sends packets at a rate higher than 1Mbps assumed

above)

PRINCIPLE 2 provide protection (isolation) for one class from other classes

Require Policing Mechanisms to ensure sources adhere to bandwidth

requirements Marking and Policing need to be done at the edges

QoS13

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Alternative to Marking and Policing allocate a set portion of bandwidth to

each application flow can lead to inefficient use of bandwidth if one of the flows

does not use its allocation

PRINCIPLE 3 While providing isolation it is desirable to use

resources as efficiently as possible

QoS14

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Cannot support traffic beyond link capacity

Two phone calls each requests 1 Mbps

PRINCIPLE 4 Need a Call Admission Process application flow

declares its needs network may block call if it cannot satisfy the needs

Basic Functional Blocks of QoS

Call Admission Resource Allocation

SLA (Service Level Agreement)

Advertisement of required bandwidth by user to the network

Provisioning of bandwidth by network for user

Flow Classification

Ability of the network to identify incoming packets (flows) and assign them a pre-defined level of

service

Policing and Shaping

Ability of the network to monitor flows to ensure conformance to advertised traffic characteristics and

provisioned resources

Congestion Avoidance Mechanisms

Ability to monitor buffer utilization levels and regulate flow rates to alleviate congestion on network

links

Scheduling Mechanisms

Queuing mechanisms to provision differing levels of service

15Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Call Admission

Control Plane

Signal the network on type of connection and QoS requirements

Network is responsible for pro-active Bandwidth Management

Establishing the route of the connection

Reserving enough resources to meet QoS requirements

Stochastic reservation

Virtual pipes

Rejecting a call if it does not have enough

resources to meet the call

1048707 Examples

ATM

IntServ (RSVP)

MPLS

16Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Flow Classification

Need a method to identify packetscells in order to provide differential treatment

Examples of Classification Criteria

VC number

MPLS Label

Type of Service

Protocol

Address

Source IP Address

Destination IP Address

Port Number

Source port

Destination port

Incoming interface

DSCP (DiffServ Code Point)

17Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Policing and Shaping

Effect of Policing

Effect of Shaping

18Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Congestion Avoidance

Not congestion management

Monitor traffic loads at egress

network interfaces in order to

anticipate and avoid congestion in

the buffers

Do not accept packet into buffer if

packet fails ldquodiscard testrdquo

Typically works best in tandem with

TCP

Take advantage of TCP retransmission

mechanism by randomly dropping

packets

Reduce chance of tail drop

Minimize chance of global

synchronization

Common schemes

RED (Random Early Detection)

Stochastically drop packets as

congestion begins to increase

WRED (Weighted Random Early

Detection)

Combine stochastic dropping of

packets with IP Precedence

Implemented by two different

algorithms

Average queue size computation

Packet drop probability

19Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling - Common queueing disciplines

Scheduling algorithms are

important components in the

provision of guaranteed quality

of service parameters such as

delay delay jitter packet loss

rate or throughput

Scheduling Schemes

FIFO (First In First Out)

PQ (Priority Queuing)

WRR (Weighted Round Robin) variants

FQ (Fair Queuing)

Equal weight given to each queue

WFQ (Weighted Fair Queuing)

Variable weight given to each queue

Approximate when packet sizes disparate

Implemented in software

CQ (Custom Queuing)

CBWFQ (Class Based Weighted Fair Queuing)

WFQ where packets are classified into queues

DRR (Deficit Round Robin)

More exact weight given to each queue

20Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling ndash WFQ Principles

Operational basics

Divide traffic into various queues

Assign a weight (portion of bandwidth) to each queue

Serve each queue according to its weight (in essence desired percentage of

output port bandwidth for the queue)

Each class is ldquoguaranteedrdquo a minimum share of output forwarding capacity

Note that the queues are not in a priority order ndash which means each queue

sees the full server for a fraction of the total time

Allows for configuration of multiple levels of sharing hierarchy

LLQ (Low Latency Queue)

Strict priority queue within CBWFQ paradigm

21Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Putting the Pieces Togetherhellip

Classifier Selects packets based on portions of packet header

Marker MarksRemarks the packet header based on traffic class

Meter Checks compliance to traffic profile and passes result to Marker and ShaperDropper

Shaper Allows for delaying of packets in buffer to enforce compliance with traffic profile

Dropper Drops traffic that does not conform with traffic profile

Congestion Avoidance Checks buffer levels and stochastically drops packets

Scheduler Allows for differential queueing and servicing of packets

22Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scope of IP QoS

From a TCPIP perspective hellip

23Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

IP Datagram Lifecycle under QoS

24Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

NETWORK ARCHITECTURE

INTSRV AND DIFFSRV

APPROACHES

25Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Architecture for providing QoS guarantees in IP networks

for individual application sessions

Assumptions

resource must be explicitly managed in order to meet the requirements of

real-time applications

resource reservation routers maintain state info of allocated

resources QoS reqrsquos

26Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Steps

Application requests its required resource

The network uses a routing protocol to find a path based on the requested

resources

Reservation protocol (RSVP) is used to install the reservation state along

that path

At each hop admission control checks whether sufficient resources are

available to accept the new reservation

After reservation the application can start to send traffic over the path for

which it has exclusive use of the resources

27Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Two services level

guaranteed (delay) service

controlled load service

28Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Service Models

Guaranteed service model

provides deterministic worst case delay bound through strict

admission control and fair queuing scheduling

designed for applications that require absolute guarantees on

delay

controlled load service model

provides a less firm guarantee

a service that is close to a lightly loaded best-effort network

29Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS30

Intserv QoS guarantee scenario

Resource reservation

call setup signaling (RSVP)

traffic QoS declaration

per-element admission control

QoS-sensitive scheduling

(eg WFQ)

request

reply

Signaling

A flow needs performance guarantee must

declare its QoS requirement

R-spec defines the QoS being requested characterize traffic it will

send into network

T-spec defines traffic characteristics

signaling protocol needed to carry R-spec and T-spec to routers (where

reservation is required)

31Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

connectionless

(stateless) forwarding

by IP routers

best effort

service

no network

signaling protocols

in initial IP design+ =

RSVP Protocol

RSVP (Resource Reservation Protocol) [RFC 2205]

Protocol used for control signals

Transmitting applications use RSVP to describe data traffic characteristics

Receiving applications use RSVP to describe their QoS requirements

Network Elements use RSVP to deliver QoS requests to other network elements

Reservation setup mechanism

Dynamic Applications can dynamically reserve and free network bandwidth

Simplex reservation setup Each side of a connection requiring bandwidth guarantee

must perform a separate reservation procedure

Hop-by-hopreservation style Every RSVP-aware hop benefits from the RSVP messages

traversing a flow ndash end-to-end guarantee not possible if some intermediate elements do

not support RSVP

Different reservation styles for unicast and multicast traffic

32Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking33

RSVP Design Goals

Accommodate heterogeneous receivers (different bandwidth along paths)

Accommodate different applications with different resource requirements

Make multicast a first class service with adaptation to multicast group membership

Leverage existing multicastunicast routing with adaptation to changes in underlying unicast multicast routes

Control protocol overhead to grow (at worst) linear in receivers

Modular design for heterogeneous underlying technologies

7 Multimedia Networking34

RSVP does nothellip

bull specify how resources are to be reserved

bull rather a mechanism for communicating needs

bull determine routes packets will take

bull thatrsquos the job of routing protocols

bull signaling decoupled from routing

bull interact with forwarding of packets

bull separation of control (signaling) and data (forwarding)

planes

7 Multimedia Networking35

RSVP overview of operation

senders receiver join a multicast group

done outside of RSVP

senders need not join group

sender-to-network signaling

path message make sender presence known to routers

path teardown delete senderrsquos path state from routers

receiver-to-network signaling

reservation message reserve resources from sender(s) to receiver

reservation teardown remove receiver reservations

network-to-end-system signaling

path error

reservation error

RSVP Usage Options

36Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking37

RSVP simple audio conference

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 both senders and receivers

multicast group m1

no filtering packets from any sender forwarded

audio rate b

only one multicast routing tree possible

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 2: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

Outline

Introduction to QoS

History

QoS Definitions

Basic Functional Blocks of QoS

Call Admission

Resource Reservation

PolicingShaping

Scheduling

Congestion Avoidance Mechanisms

IP Network Architecture

Intserv RSVP

Diffserv MPLS-TE

Summary

2Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Introduction ndash Quality of Service (QoS)

The Best Effort Paradigm

Increase in traffic leads to degradation of service for all Some applications are impacted more than

others

Why not just over-provision resources

Everyone can then get the best quality all the timehellip

The QE curve and its implications

Do we need QoS

Users will find new applications that will eventually cause bandwidth to be a limiting factor (Murphyrsquos

Law)

Two main traffic types Delay-sensitive(VOD) Loss-sensitive(Mail)

Relative misuse of available bandwidth by protocols with no throttling mechanism (such as UDP)

over others that do (TCP) may incorrectly penalize conforming flows

Conclusion

We may need QoS mechanisms for guaranteed services across the network

3Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS ndash Definition(s)

Definition

The end-to-end perspective (We the users) QoS is a quantification of

serviceapplication-relevant measures of network effectiveness against

acceptable levels for measures such as

Delay

Jitter

Loss

response time

throughput

QoS ndash The network architecture perspective (We the providers)

Provide services to specific traffic classes such that QoS can be provided to end-

users on a guaranteeddifferential basis

4Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS affecting factors

The factors affecting the quality of real time services over packet networks

include

Quantization noise

Bit error ratio

Delay

Contributed by the codec

Contributed by the network

Packet queuing delay caused by queuing packets in the buffer

Propagation delay the time expended for the signal to travel the

transmission distance

5Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS Affecting Factors

Delay variation or ldquojitterrdquo

Jitter is removed by a buffer in the receiving device

If jitter exceeds the size of the jitter buffersbquo the buffer will overflow and packet

loss will occur

What is the source of delay variation

Packet loss

The choice of codec

Echo control

The design of the network

Blocking probability

6Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Delay Jitter

7Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

The QoS Perspective

So what is Quality of Service

Ability to provide better service to selected traffic

Distinguish traffic with strict timing requirements

Allocate resources in the network (eg bandwidth buffer priority) so that traffic

gets to destinations quickly and reliably

Do not create bandwidth ndash simply manage it effectively to meet application

requirements

Benefits of using QoS

Dedicated bandwidth

Controlled network latency and jitter

Improved loss characteristics

Control and predictability beyond the ldquobest-effortrdquo concept

8Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS at Different Layers

QoS can be provided at different layers

Application Layer

Transport layer

(system) Network layer

TCP based congestion control scheme is application specific Some

applications can run on UDP some of modified unfriendly TCP for other

user Even more real-time application can not cope the large fluctuation of

Tx Rate due to TCP

Core network does not provide any QoS

To over come this problem network layer QoS is considered

We consider Network layer solutions

9Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Quality of Service Heterogeneity

10Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS11

Principles for QOS Guarantees

Consider a phone application at 1Mbps and an FTP application sharing a

15 Mbps link

bursts of FTP can congest the router and cause audio packets to be dropped

want to give priority to audio over FTP

PRINCIPLE 1 Marking of packets is needed for router to distinguish

between different classes and new router policy to treat packets accordingly

QoS12

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Applications misbehave (audio sends packets at a rate higher than 1Mbps assumed

above)

PRINCIPLE 2 provide protection (isolation) for one class from other classes

Require Policing Mechanisms to ensure sources adhere to bandwidth

requirements Marking and Policing need to be done at the edges

QoS13

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Alternative to Marking and Policing allocate a set portion of bandwidth to

each application flow can lead to inefficient use of bandwidth if one of the flows

does not use its allocation

PRINCIPLE 3 While providing isolation it is desirable to use

resources as efficiently as possible

QoS14

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Cannot support traffic beyond link capacity

Two phone calls each requests 1 Mbps

PRINCIPLE 4 Need a Call Admission Process application flow

declares its needs network may block call if it cannot satisfy the needs

Basic Functional Blocks of QoS

Call Admission Resource Allocation

SLA (Service Level Agreement)

Advertisement of required bandwidth by user to the network

Provisioning of bandwidth by network for user

Flow Classification

Ability of the network to identify incoming packets (flows) and assign them a pre-defined level of

service

Policing and Shaping

Ability of the network to monitor flows to ensure conformance to advertised traffic characteristics and

provisioned resources

Congestion Avoidance Mechanisms

Ability to monitor buffer utilization levels and regulate flow rates to alleviate congestion on network

links

Scheduling Mechanisms

Queuing mechanisms to provision differing levels of service

15Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Call Admission

Control Plane

Signal the network on type of connection and QoS requirements

Network is responsible for pro-active Bandwidth Management

Establishing the route of the connection

Reserving enough resources to meet QoS requirements

Stochastic reservation

Virtual pipes

Rejecting a call if it does not have enough

resources to meet the call

1048707 Examples

ATM

IntServ (RSVP)

MPLS

16Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Flow Classification

Need a method to identify packetscells in order to provide differential treatment

Examples of Classification Criteria

VC number

MPLS Label

Type of Service

Protocol

Address

Source IP Address

Destination IP Address

Port Number

Source port

Destination port

Incoming interface

DSCP (DiffServ Code Point)

17Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Policing and Shaping

Effect of Policing

Effect of Shaping

18Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Congestion Avoidance

Not congestion management

Monitor traffic loads at egress

network interfaces in order to

anticipate and avoid congestion in

the buffers

Do not accept packet into buffer if

packet fails ldquodiscard testrdquo

Typically works best in tandem with

TCP

Take advantage of TCP retransmission

mechanism by randomly dropping

packets

Reduce chance of tail drop

Minimize chance of global

synchronization

Common schemes

RED (Random Early Detection)

Stochastically drop packets as

congestion begins to increase

WRED (Weighted Random Early

Detection)

Combine stochastic dropping of

packets with IP Precedence

Implemented by two different

algorithms

Average queue size computation

Packet drop probability

19Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling - Common queueing disciplines

Scheduling algorithms are

important components in the

provision of guaranteed quality

of service parameters such as

delay delay jitter packet loss

rate or throughput

Scheduling Schemes

FIFO (First In First Out)

PQ (Priority Queuing)

WRR (Weighted Round Robin) variants

FQ (Fair Queuing)

Equal weight given to each queue

WFQ (Weighted Fair Queuing)

Variable weight given to each queue

Approximate when packet sizes disparate

Implemented in software

CQ (Custom Queuing)

CBWFQ (Class Based Weighted Fair Queuing)

WFQ where packets are classified into queues

DRR (Deficit Round Robin)

More exact weight given to each queue

20Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling ndash WFQ Principles

Operational basics

Divide traffic into various queues

Assign a weight (portion of bandwidth) to each queue

Serve each queue according to its weight (in essence desired percentage of

output port bandwidth for the queue)

Each class is ldquoguaranteedrdquo a minimum share of output forwarding capacity

Note that the queues are not in a priority order ndash which means each queue

sees the full server for a fraction of the total time

Allows for configuration of multiple levels of sharing hierarchy

LLQ (Low Latency Queue)

Strict priority queue within CBWFQ paradigm

21Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Putting the Pieces Togetherhellip

Classifier Selects packets based on portions of packet header

Marker MarksRemarks the packet header based on traffic class

Meter Checks compliance to traffic profile and passes result to Marker and ShaperDropper

Shaper Allows for delaying of packets in buffer to enforce compliance with traffic profile

Dropper Drops traffic that does not conform with traffic profile

Congestion Avoidance Checks buffer levels and stochastically drops packets

Scheduler Allows for differential queueing and servicing of packets

22Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scope of IP QoS

From a TCPIP perspective hellip

23Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

IP Datagram Lifecycle under QoS

24Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

NETWORK ARCHITECTURE

INTSRV AND DIFFSRV

APPROACHES

25Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Architecture for providing QoS guarantees in IP networks

for individual application sessions

Assumptions

resource must be explicitly managed in order to meet the requirements of

real-time applications

resource reservation routers maintain state info of allocated

resources QoS reqrsquos

26Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Steps

Application requests its required resource

The network uses a routing protocol to find a path based on the requested

resources

Reservation protocol (RSVP) is used to install the reservation state along

that path

At each hop admission control checks whether sufficient resources are

available to accept the new reservation

After reservation the application can start to send traffic over the path for

which it has exclusive use of the resources

27Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Two services level

guaranteed (delay) service

controlled load service

28Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Service Models

Guaranteed service model

provides deterministic worst case delay bound through strict

admission control and fair queuing scheduling

designed for applications that require absolute guarantees on

delay

controlled load service model

provides a less firm guarantee

a service that is close to a lightly loaded best-effort network

29Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS30

Intserv QoS guarantee scenario

Resource reservation

call setup signaling (RSVP)

traffic QoS declaration

per-element admission control

QoS-sensitive scheduling

(eg WFQ)

request

reply

Signaling

A flow needs performance guarantee must

declare its QoS requirement

R-spec defines the QoS being requested characterize traffic it will

send into network

T-spec defines traffic characteristics

signaling protocol needed to carry R-spec and T-spec to routers (where

reservation is required)

31Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

connectionless

(stateless) forwarding

by IP routers

best effort

service

no network

signaling protocols

in initial IP design+ =

RSVP Protocol

RSVP (Resource Reservation Protocol) [RFC 2205]

Protocol used for control signals

Transmitting applications use RSVP to describe data traffic characteristics

Receiving applications use RSVP to describe their QoS requirements

Network Elements use RSVP to deliver QoS requests to other network elements

Reservation setup mechanism

Dynamic Applications can dynamically reserve and free network bandwidth

Simplex reservation setup Each side of a connection requiring bandwidth guarantee

must perform a separate reservation procedure

Hop-by-hopreservation style Every RSVP-aware hop benefits from the RSVP messages

traversing a flow ndash end-to-end guarantee not possible if some intermediate elements do

not support RSVP

Different reservation styles for unicast and multicast traffic

32Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking33

RSVP Design Goals

Accommodate heterogeneous receivers (different bandwidth along paths)

Accommodate different applications with different resource requirements

Make multicast a first class service with adaptation to multicast group membership

Leverage existing multicastunicast routing with adaptation to changes in underlying unicast multicast routes

Control protocol overhead to grow (at worst) linear in receivers

Modular design for heterogeneous underlying technologies

7 Multimedia Networking34

RSVP does nothellip

bull specify how resources are to be reserved

bull rather a mechanism for communicating needs

bull determine routes packets will take

bull thatrsquos the job of routing protocols

bull signaling decoupled from routing

bull interact with forwarding of packets

bull separation of control (signaling) and data (forwarding)

planes

7 Multimedia Networking35

RSVP overview of operation

senders receiver join a multicast group

done outside of RSVP

senders need not join group

sender-to-network signaling

path message make sender presence known to routers

path teardown delete senderrsquos path state from routers

receiver-to-network signaling

reservation message reserve resources from sender(s) to receiver

reservation teardown remove receiver reservations

network-to-end-system signaling

path error

reservation error

RSVP Usage Options

36Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking37

RSVP simple audio conference

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 both senders and receivers

multicast group m1

no filtering packets from any sender forwarded

audio rate b

only one multicast routing tree possible

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 3: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

Introduction ndash Quality of Service (QoS)

The Best Effort Paradigm

Increase in traffic leads to degradation of service for all Some applications are impacted more than

others

Why not just over-provision resources

Everyone can then get the best quality all the timehellip

The QE curve and its implications

Do we need QoS

Users will find new applications that will eventually cause bandwidth to be a limiting factor (Murphyrsquos

Law)

Two main traffic types Delay-sensitive(VOD) Loss-sensitive(Mail)

Relative misuse of available bandwidth by protocols with no throttling mechanism (such as UDP)

over others that do (TCP) may incorrectly penalize conforming flows

Conclusion

We may need QoS mechanisms for guaranteed services across the network

3Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS ndash Definition(s)

Definition

The end-to-end perspective (We the users) QoS is a quantification of

serviceapplication-relevant measures of network effectiveness against

acceptable levels for measures such as

Delay

Jitter

Loss

response time

throughput

QoS ndash The network architecture perspective (We the providers)

Provide services to specific traffic classes such that QoS can be provided to end-

users on a guaranteeddifferential basis

4Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS affecting factors

The factors affecting the quality of real time services over packet networks

include

Quantization noise

Bit error ratio

Delay

Contributed by the codec

Contributed by the network

Packet queuing delay caused by queuing packets in the buffer

Propagation delay the time expended for the signal to travel the

transmission distance

5Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS Affecting Factors

Delay variation or ldquojitterrdquo

Jitter is removed by a buffer in the receiving device

If jitter exceeds the size of the jitter buffersbquo the buffer will overflow and packet

loss will occur

What is the source of delay variation

Packet loss

The choice of codec

Echo control

The design of the network

Blocking probability

6Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Delay Jitter

7Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

The QoS Perspective

So what is Quality of Service

Ability to provide better service to selected traffic

Distinguish traffic with strict timing requirements

Allocate resources in the network (eg bandwidth buffer priority) so that traffic

gets to destinations quickly and reliably

Do not create bandwidth ndash simply manage it effectively to meet application

requirements

Benefits of using QoS

Dedicated bandwidth

Controlled network latency and jitter

Improved loss characteristics

Control and predictability beyond the ldquobest-effortrdquo concept

8Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS at Different Layers

QoS can be provided at different layers

Application Layer

Transport layer

(system) Network layer

TCP based congestion control scheme is application specific Some

applications can run on UDP some of modified unfriendly TCP for other

user Even more real-time application can not cope the large fluctuation of

Tx Rate due to TCP

Core network does not provide any QoS

To over come this problem network layer QoS is considered

We consider Network layer solutions

9Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Quality of Service Heterogeneity

10Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS11

Principles for QOS Guarantees

Consider a phone application at 1Mbps and an FTP application sharing a

15 Mbps link

bursts of FTP can congest the router and cause audio packets to be dropped

want to give priority to audio over FTP

PRINCIPLE 1 Marking of packets is needed for router to distinguish

between different classes and new router policy to treat packets accordingly

QoS12

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Applications misbehave (audio sends packets at a rate higher than 1Mbps assumed

above)

PRINCIPLE 2 provide protection (isolation) for one class from other classes

Require Policing Mechanisms to ensure sources adhere to bandwidth

requirements Marking and Policing need to be done at the edges

QoS13

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Alternative to Marking and Policing allocate a set portion of bandwidth to

each application flow can lead to inefficient use of bandwidth if one of the flows

does not use its allocation

PRINCIPLE 3 While providing isolation it is desirable to use

resources as efficiently as possible

QoS14

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Cannot support traffic beyond link capacity

Two phone calls each requests 1 Mbps

PRINCIPLE 4 Need a Call Admission Process application flow

declares its needs network may block call if it cannot satisfy the needs

Basic Functional Blocks of QoS

Call Admission Resource Allocation

SLA (Service Level Agreement)

Advertisement of required bandwidth by user to the network

Provisioning of bandwidth by network for user

Flow Classification

Ability of the network to identify incoming packets (flows) and assign them a pre-defined level of

service

Policing and Shaping

Ability of the network to monitor flows to ensure conformance to advertised traffic characteristics and

provisioned resources

Congestion Avoidance Mechanisms

Ability to monitor buffer utilization levels and regulate flow rates to alleviate congestion on network

links

Scheduling Mechanisms

Queuing mechanisms to provision differing levels of service

15Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Call Admission

Control Plane

Signal the network on type of connection and QoS requirements

Network is responsible for pro-active Bandwidth Management

Establishing the route of the connection

Reserving enough resources to meet QoS requirements

Stochastic reservation

Virtual pipes

Rejecting a call if it does not have enough

resources to meet the call

1048707 Examples

ATM

IntServ (RSVP)

MPLS

16Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Flow Classification

Need a method to identify packetscells in order to provide differential treatment

Examples of Classification Criteria

VC number

MPLS Label

Type of Service

Protocol

Address

Source IP Address

Destination IP Address

Port Number

Source port

Destination port

Incoming interface

DSCP (DiffServ Code Point)

17Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Policing and Shaping

Effect of Policing

Effect of Shaping

18Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Congestion Avoidance

Not congestion management

Monitor traffic loads at egress

network interfaces in order to

anticipate and avoid congestion in

the buffers

Do not accept packet into buffer if

packet fails ldquodiscard testrdquo

Typically works best in tandem with

TCP

Take advantage of TCP retransmission

mechanism by randomly dropping

packets

Reduce chance of tail drop

Minimize chance of global

synchronization

Common schemes

RED (Random Early Detection)

Stochastically drop packets as

congestion begins to increase

WRED (Weighted Random Early

Detection)

Combine stochastic dropping of

packets with IP Precedence

Implemented by two different

algorithms

Average queue size computation

Packet drop probability

19Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling - Common queueing disciplines

Scheduling algorithms are

important components in the

provision of guaranteed quality

of service parameters such as

delay delay jitter packet loss

rate or throughput

Scheduling Schemes

FIFO (First In First Out)

PQ (Priority Queuing)

WRR (Weighted Round Robin) variants

FQ (Fair Queuing)

Equal weight given to each queue

WFQ (Weighted Fair Queuing)

Variable weight given to each queue

Approximate when packet sizes disparate

Implemented in software

CQ (Custom Queuing)

CBWFQ (Class Based Weighted Fair Queuing)

WFQ where packets are classified into queues

DRR (Deficit Round Robin)

More exact weight given to each queue

20Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling ndash WFQ Principles

Operational basics

Divide traffic into various queues

Assign a weight (portion of bandwidth) to each queue

Serve each queue according to its weight (in essence desired percentage of

output port bandwidth for the queue)

Each class is ldquoguaranteedrdquo a minimum share of output forwarding capacity

Note that the queues are not in a priority order ndash which means each queue

sees the full server for a fraction of the total time

Allows for configuration of multiple levels of sharing hierarchy

LLQ (Low Latency Queue)

Strict priority queue within CBWFQ paradigm

21Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Putting the Pieces Togetherhellip

Classifier Selects packets based on portions of packet header

Marker MarksRemarks the packet header based on traffic class

Meter Checks compliance to traffic profile and passes result to Marker and ShaperDropper

Shaper Allows for delaying of packets in buffer to enforce compliance with traffic profile

Dropper Drops traffic that does not conform with traffic profile

Congestion Avoidance Checks buffer levels and stochastically drops packets

Scheduler Allows for differential queueing and servicing of packets

22Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scope of IP QoS

From a TCPIP perspective hellip

23Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

IP Datagram Lifecycle under QoS

24Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

NETWORK ARCHITECTURE

INTSRV AND DIFFSRV

APPROACHES

25Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Architecture for providing QoS guarantees in IP networks

for individual application sessions

Assumptions

resource must be explicitly managed in order to meet the requirements of

real-time applications

resource reservation routers maintain state info of allocated

resources QoS reqrsquos

26Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Steps

Application requests its required resource

The network uses a routing protocol to find a path based on the requested

resources

Reservation protocol (RSVP) is used to install the reservation state along

that path

At each hop admission control checks whether sufficient resources are

available to accept the new reservation

After reservation the application can start to send traffic over the path for

which it has exclusive use of the resources

27Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Two services level

guaranteed (delay) service

controlled load service

28Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Service Models

Guaranteed service model

provides deterministic worst case delay bound through strict

admission control and fair queuing scheduling

designed for applications that require absolute guarantees on

delay

controlled load service model

provides a less firm guarantee

a service that is close to a lightly loaded best-effort network

29Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS30

Intserv QoS guarantee scenario

Resource reservation

call setup signaling (RSVP)

traffic QoS declaration

per-element admission control

QoS-sensitive scheduling

(eg WFQ)

request

reply

Signaling

A flow needs performance guarantee must

declare its QoS requirement

R-spec defines the QoS being requested characterize traffic it will

send into network

T-spec defines traffic characteristics

signaling protocol needed to carry R-spec and T-spec to routers (where

reservation is required)

31Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

connectionless

(stateless) forwarding

by IP routers

best effort

service

no network

signaling protocols

in initial IP design+ =

RSVP Protocol

RSVP (Resource Reservation Protocol) [RFC 2205]

Protocol used for control signals

Transmitting applications use RSVP to describe data traffic characteristics

Receiving applications use RSVP to describe their QoS requirements

Network Elements use RSVP to deliver QoS requests to other network elements

Reservation setup mechanism

Dynamic Applications can dynamically reserve and free network bandwidth

Simplex reservation setup Each side of a connection requiring bandwidth guarantee

must perform a separate reservation procedure

Hop-by-hopreservation style Every RSVP-aware hop benefits from the RSVP messages

traversing a flow ndash end-to-end guarantee not possible if some intermediate elements do

not support RSVP

Different reservation styles for unicast and multicast traffic

32Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking33

RSVP Design Goals

Accommodate heterogeneous receivers (different bandwidth along paths)

Accommodate different applications with different resource requirements

Make multicast a first class service with adaptation to multicast group membership

Leverage existing multicastunicast routing with adaptation to changes in underlying unicast multicast routes

Control protocol overhead to grow (at worst) linear in receivers

Modular design for heterogeneous underlying technologies

7 Multimedia Networking34

RSVP does nothellip

bull specify how resources are to be reserved

bull rather a mechanism for communicating needs

bull determine routes packets will take

bull thatrsquos the job of routing protocols

bull signaling decoupled from routing

bull interact with forwarding of packets

bull separation of control (signaling) and data (forwarding)

planes

7 Multimedia Networking35

RSVP overview of operation

senders receiver join a multicast group

done outside of RSVP

senders need not join group

sender-to-network signaling

path message make sender presence known to routers

path teardown delete senderrsquos path state from routers

receiver-to-network signaling

reservation message reserve resources from sender(s) to receiver

reservation teardown remove receiver reservations

network-to-end-system signaling

path error

reservation error

RSVP Usage Options

36Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking37

RSVP simple audio conference

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 both senders and receivers

multicast group m1

no filtering packets from any sender forwarded

audio rate b

only one multicast routing tree possible

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 4: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

QoS ndash Definition(s)

Definition

The end-to-end perspective (We the users) QoS is a quantification of

serviceapplication-relevant measures of network effectiveness against

acceptable levels for measures such as

Delay

Jitter

Loss

response time

throughput

QoS ndash The network architecture perspective (We the providers)

Provide services to specific traffic classes such that QoS can be provided to end-

users on a guaranteeddifferential basis

4Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS affecting factors

The factors affecting the quality of real time services over packet networks

include

Quantization noise

Bit error ratio

Delay

Contributed by the codec

Contributed by the network

Packet queuing delay caused by queuing packets in the buffer

Propagation delay the time expended for the signal to travel the

transmission distance

5Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS Affecting Factors

Delay variation or ldquojitterrdquo

Jitter is removed by a buffer in the receiving device

If jitter exceeds the size of the jitter buffersbquo the buffer will overflow and packet

loss will occur

What is the source of delay variation

Packet loss

The choice of codec

Echo control

The design of the network

Blocking probability

6Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Delay Jitter

7Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

The QoS Perspective

So what is Quality of Service

Ability to provide better service to selected traffic

Distinguish traffic with strict timing requirements

Allocate resources in the network (eg bandwidth buffer priority) so that traffic

gets to destinations quickly and reliably

Do not create bandwidth ndash simply manage it effectively to meet application

requirements

Benefits of using QoS

Dedicated bandwidth

Controlled network latency and jitter

Improved loss characteristics

Control and predictability beyond the ldquobest-effortrdquo concept

8Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS at Different Layers

QoS can be provided at different layers

Application Layer

Transport layer

(system) Network layer

TCP based congestion control scheme is application specific Some

applications can run on UDP some of modified unfriendly TCP for other

user Even more real-time application can not cope the large fluctuation of

Tx Rate due to TCP

Core network does not provide any QoS

To over come this problem network layer QoS is considered

We consider Network layer solutions

9Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Quality of Service Heterogeneity

10Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS11

Principles for QOS Guarantees

Consider a phone application at 1Mbps and an FTP application sharing a

15 Mbps link

bursts of FTP can congest the router and cause audio packets to be dropped

want to give priority to audio over FTP

PRINCIPLE 1 Marking of packets is needed for router to distinguish

between different classes and new router policy to treat packets accordingly

QoS12

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Applications misbehave (audio sends packets at a rate higher than 1Mbps assumed

above)

PRINCIPLE 2 provide protection (isolation) for one class from other classes

Require Policing Mechanisms to ensure sources adhere to bandwidth

requirements Marking and Policing need to be done at the edges

QoS13

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Alternative to Marking and Policing allocate a set portion of bandwidth to

each application flow can lead to inefficient use of bandwidth if one of the flows

does not use its allocation

PRINCIPLE 3 While providing isolation it is desirable to use

resources as efficiently as possible

QoS14

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Cannot support traffic beyond link capacity

Two phone calls each requests 1 Mbps

PRINCIPLE 4 Need a Call Admission Process application flow

declares its needs network may block call if it cannot satisfy the needs

Basic Functional Blocks of QoS

Call Admission Resource Allocation

SLA (Service Level Agreement)

Advertisement of required bandwidth by user to the network

Provisioning of bandwidth by network for user

Flow Classification

Ability of the network to identify incoming packets (flows) and assign them a pre-defined level of

service

Policing and Shaping

Ability of the network to monitor flows to ensure conformance to advertised traffic characteristics and

provisioned resources

Congestion Avoidance Mechanisms

Ability to monitor buffer utilization levels and regulate flow rates to alleviate congestion on network

links

Scheduling Mechanisms

Queuing mechanisms to provision differing levels of service

15Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Call Admission

Control Plane

Signal the network on type of connection and QoS requirements

Network is responsible for pro-active Bandwidth Management

Establishing the route of the connection

Reserving enough resources to meet QoS requirements

Stochastic reservation

Virtual pipes

Rejecting a call if it does not have enough

resources to meet the call

1048707 Examples

ATM

IntServ (RSVP)

MPLS

16Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Flow Classification

Need a method to identify packetscells in order to provide differential treatment

Examples of Classification Criteria

VC number

MPLS Label

Type of Service

Protocol

Address

Source IP Address

Destination IP Address

Port Number

Source port

Destination port

Incoming interface

DSCP (DiffServ Code Point)

17Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Policing and Shaping

Effect of Policing

Effect of Shaping

18Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Congestion Avoidance

Not congestion management

Monitor traffic loads at egress

network interfaces in order to

anticipate and avoid congestion in

the buffers

Do not accept packet into buffer if

packet fails ldquodiscard testrdquo

Typically works best in tandem with

TCP

Take advantage of TCP retransmission

mechanism by randomly dropping

packets

Reduce chance of tail drop

Minimize chance of global

synchronization

Common schemes

RED (Random Early Detection)

Stochastically drop packets as

congestion begins to increase

WRED (Weighted Random Early

Detection)

Combine stochastic dropping of

packets with IP Precedence

Implemented by two different

algorithms

Average queue size computation

Packet drop probability

19Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling - Common queueing disciplines

Scheduling algorithms are

important components in the

provision of guaranteed quality

of service parameters such as

delay delay jitter packet loss

rate or throughput

Scheduling Schemes

FIFO (First In First Out)

PQ (Priority Queuing)

WRR (Weighted Round Robin) variants

FQ (Fair Queuing)

Equal weight given to each queue

WFQ (Weighted Fair Queuing)

Variable weight given to each queue

Approximate when packet sizes disparate

Implemented in software

CQ (Custom Queuing)

CBWFQ (Class Based Weighted Fair Queuing)

WFQ where packets are classified into queues

DRR (Deficit Round Robin)

More exact weight given to each queue

20Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling ndash WFQ Principles

Operational basics

Divide traffic into various queues

Assign a weight (portion of bandwidth) to each queue

Serve each queue according to its weight (in essence desired percentage of

output port bandwidth for the queue)

Each class is ldquoguaranteedrdquo a minimum share of output forwarding capacity

Note that the queues are not in a priority order ndash which means each queue

sees the full server for a fraction of the total time

Allows for configuration of multiple levels of sharing hierarchy

LLQ (Low Latency Queue)

Strict priority queue within CBWFQ paradigm

21Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Putting the Pieces Togetherhellip

Classifier Selects packets based on portions of packet header

Marker MarksRemarks the packet header based on traffic class

Meter Checks compliance to traffic profile and passes result to Marker and ShaperDropper

Shaper Allows for delaying of packets in buffer to enforce compliance with traffic profile

Dropper Drops traffic that does not conform with traffic profile

Congestion Avoidance Checks buffer levels and stochastically drops packets

Scheduler Allows for differential queueing and servicing of packets

22Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scope of IP QoS

From a TCPIP perspective hellip

23Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

IP Datagram Lifecycle under QoS

24Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

NETWORK ARCHITECTURE

INTSRV AND DIFFSRV

APPROACHES

25Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Architecture for providing QoS guarantees in IP networks

for individual application sessions

Assumptions

resource must be explicitly managed in order to meet the requirements of

real-time applications

resource reservation routers maintain state info of allocated

resources QoS reqrsquos

26Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Steps

Application requests its required resource

The network uses a routing protocol to find a path based on the requested

resources

Reservation protocol (RSVP) is used to install the reservation state along

that path

At each hop admission control checks whether sufficient resources are

available to accept the new reservation

After reservation the application can start to send traffic over the path for

which it has exclusive use of the resources

27Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Two services level

guaranteed (delay) service

controlled load service

28Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Service Models

Guaranteed service model

provides deterministic worst case delay bound through strict

admission control and fair queuing scheduling

designed for applications that require absolute guarantees on

delay

controlled load service model

provides a less firm guarantee

a service that is close to a lightly loaded best-effort network

29Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS30

Intserv QoS guarantee scenario

Resource reservation

call setup signaling (RSVP)

traffic QoS declaration

per-element admission control

QoS-sensitive scheduling

(eg WFQ)

request

reply

Signaling

A flow needs performance guarantee must

declare its QoS requirement

R-spec defines the QoS being requested characterize traffic it will

send into network

T-spec defines traffic characteristics

signaling protocol needed to carry R-spec and T-spec to routers (where

reservation is required)

31Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

connectionless

(stateless) forwarding

by IP routers

best effort

service

no network

signaling protocols

in initial IP design+ =

RSVP Protocol

RSVP (Resource Reservation Protocol) [RFC 2205]

Protocol used for control signals

Transmitting applications use RSVP to describe data traffic characteristics

Receiving applications use RSVP to describe their QoS requirements

Network Elements use RSVP to deliver QoS requests to other network elements

Reservation setup mechanism

Dynamic Applications can dynamically reserve and free network bandwidth

Simplex reservation setup Each side of a connection requiring bandwidth guarantee

must perform a separate reservation procedure

Hop-by-hopreservation style Every RSVP-aware hop benefits from the RSVP messages

traversing a flow ndash end-to-end guarantee not possible if some intermediate elements do

not support RSVP

Different reservation styles for unicast and multicast traffic

32Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking33

RSVP Design Goals

Accommodate heterogeneous receivers (different bandwidth along paths)

Accommodate different applications with different resource requirements

Make multicast a first class service with adaptation to multicast group membership

Leverage existing multicastunicast routing with adaptation to changes in underlying unicast multicast routes

Control protocol overhead to grow (at worst) linear in receivers

Modular design for heterogeneous underlying technologies

7 Multimedia Networking34

RSVP does nothellip

bull specify how resources are to be reserved

bull rather a mechanism for communicating needs

bull determine routes packets will take

bull thatrsquos the job of routing protocols

bull signaling decoupled from routing

bull interact with forwarding of packets

bull separation of control (signaling) and data (forwarding)

planes

7 Multimedia Networking35

RSVP overview of operation

senders receiver join a multicast group

done outside of RSVP

senders need not join group

sender-to-network signaling

path message make sender presence known to routers

path teardown delete senderrsquos path state from routers

receiver-to-network signaling

reservation message reserve resources from sender(s) to receiver

reservation teardown remove receiver reservations

network-to-end-system signaling

path error

reservation error

RSVP Usage Options

36Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking37

RSVP simple audio conference

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 both senders and receivers

multicast group m1

no filtering packets from any sender forwarded

audio rate b

only one multicast routing tree possible

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 5: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

QoS affecting factors

The factors affecting the quality of real time services over packet networks

include

Quantization noise

Bit error ratio

Delay

Contributed by the codec

Contributed by the network

Packet queuing delay caused by queuing packets in the buffer

Propagation delay the time expended for the signal to travel the

transmission distance

5Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS Affecting Factors

Delay variation or ldquojitterrdquo

Jitter is removed by a buffer in the receiving device

If jitter exceeds the size of the jitter buffersbquo the buffer will overflow and packet

loss will occur

What is the source of delay variation

Packet loss

The choice of codec

Echo control

The design of the network

Blocking probability

6Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Delay Jitter

7Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

The QoS Perspective

So what is Quality of Service

Ability to provide better service to selected traffic

Distinguish traffic with strict timing requirements

Allocate resources in the network (eg bandwidth buffer priority) so that traffic

gets to destinations quickly and reliably

Do not create bandwidth ndash simply manage it effectively to meet application

requirements

Benefits of using QoS

Dedicated bandwidth

Controlled network latency and jitter

Improved loss characteristics

Control and predictability beyond the ldquobest-effortrdquo concept

8Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS at Different Layers

QoS can be provided at different layers

Application Layer

Transport layer

(system) Network layer

TCP based congestion control scheme is application specific Some

applications can run on UDP some of modified unfriendly TCP for other

user Even more real-time application can not cope the large fluctuation of

Tx Rate due to TCP

Core network does not provide any QoS

To over come this problem network layer QoS is considered

We consider Network layer solutions

9Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Quality of Service Heterogeneity

10Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS11

Principles for QOS Guarantees

Consider a phone application at 1Mbps and an FTP application sharing a

15 Mbps link

bursts of FTP can congest the router and cause audio packets to be dropped

want to give priority to audio over FTP

PRINCIPLE 1 Marking of packets is needed for router to distinguish

between different classes and new router policy to treat packets accordingly

QoS12

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Applications misbehave (audio sends packets at a rate higher than 1Mbps assumed

above)

PRINCIPLE 2 provide protection (isolation) for one class from other classes

Require Policing Mechanisms to ensure sources adhere to bandwidth

requirements Marking and Policing need to be done at the edges

QoS13

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Alternative to Marking and Policing allocate a set portion of bandwidth to

each application flow can lead to inefficient use of bandwidth if one of the flows

does not use its allocation

PRINCIPLE 3 While providing isolation it is desirable to use

resources as efficiently as possible

QoS14

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Cannot support traffic beyond link capacity

Two phone calls each requests 1 Mbps

PRINCIPLE 4 Need a Call Admission Process application flow

declares its needs network may block call if it cannot satisfy the needs

Basic Functional Blocks of QoS

Call Admission Resource Allocation

SLA (Service Level Agreement)

Advertisement of required bandwidth by user to the network

Provisioning of bandwidth by network for user

Flow Classification

Ability of the network to identify incoming packets (flows) and assign them a pre-defined level of

service

Policing and Shaping

Ability of the network to monitor flows to ensure conformance to advertised traffic characteristics and

provisioned resources

Congestion Avoidance Mechanisms

Ability to monitor buffer utilization levels and regulate flow rates to alleviate congestion on network

links

Scheduling Mechanisms

Queuing mechanisms to provision differing levels of service

15Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Call Admission

Control Plane

Signal the network on type of connection and QoS requirements

Network is responsible for pro-active Bandwidth Management

Establishing the route of the connection

Reserving enough resources to meet QoS requirements

Stochastic reservation

Virtual pipes

Rejecting a call if it does not have enough

resources to meet the call

1048707 Examples

ATM

IntServ (RSVP)

MPLS

16Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Flow Classification

Need a method to identify packetscells in order to provide differential treatment

Examples of Classification Criteria

VC number

MPLS Label

Type of Service

Protocol

Address

Source IP Address

Destination IP Address

Port Number

Source port

Destination port

Incoming interface

DSCP (DiffServ Code Point)

17Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Policing and Shaping

Effect of Policing

Effect of Shaping

18Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Congestion Avoidance

Not congestion management

Monitor traffic loads at egress

network interfaces in order to

anticipate and avoid congestion in

the buffers

Do not accept packet into buffer if

packet fails ldquodiscard testrdquo

Typically works best in tandem with

TCP

Take advantage of TCP retransmission

mechanism by randomly dropping

packets

Reduce chance of tail drop

Minimize chance of global

synchronization

Common schemes

RED (Random Early Detection)

Stochastically drop packets as

congestion begins to increase

WRED (Weighted Random Early

Detection)

Combine stochastic dropping of

packets with IP Precedence

Implemented by two different

algorithms

Average queue size computation

Packet drop probability

19Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling - Common queueing disciplines

Scheduling algorithms are

important components in the

provision of guaranteed quality

of service parameters such as

delay delay jitter packet loss

rate or throughput

Scheduling Schemes

FIFO (First In First Out)

PQ (Priority Queuing)

WRR (Weighted Round Robin) variants

FQ (Fair Queuing)

Equal weight given to each queue

WFQ (Weighted Fair Queuing)

Variable weight given to each queue

Approximate when packet sizes disparate

Implemented in software

CQ (Custom Queuing)

CBWFQ (Class Based Weighted Fair Queuing)

WFQ where packets are classified into queues

DRR (Deficit Round Robin)

More exact weight given to each queue

20Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling ndash WFQ Principles

Operational basics

Divide traffic into various queues

Assign a weight (portion of bandwidth) to each queue

Serve each queue according to its weight (in essence desired percentage of

output port bandwidth for the queue)

Each class is ldquoguaranteedrdquo a minimum share of output forwarding capacity

Note that the queues are not in a priority order ndash which means each queue

sees the full server for a fraction of the total time

Allows for configuration of multiple levels of sharing hierarchy

LLQ (Low Latency Queue)

Strict priority queue within CBWFQ paradigm

21Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Putting the Pieces Togetherhellip

Classifier Selects packets based on portions of packet header

Marker MarksRemarks the packet header based on traffic class

Meter Checks compliance to traffic profile and passes result to Marker and ShaperDropper

Shaper Allows for delaying of packets in buffer to enforce compliance with traffic profile

Dropper Drops traffic that does not conform with traffic profile

Congestion Avoidance Checks buffer levels and stochastically drops packets

Scheduler Allows for differential queueing and servicing of packets

22Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scope of IP QoS

From a TCPIP perspective hellip

23Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

IP Datagram Lifecycle under QoS

24Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

NETWORK ARCHITECTURE

INTSRV AND DIFFSRV

APPROACHES

25Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Architecture for providing QoS guarantees in IP networks

for individual application sessions

Assumptions

resource must be explicitly managed in order to meet the requirements of

real-time applications

resource reservation routers maintain state info of allocated

resources QoS reqrsquos

26Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Steps

Application requests its required resource

The network uses a routing protocol to find a path based on the requested

resources

Reservation protocol (RSVP) is used to install the reservation state along

that path

At each hop admission control checks whether sufficient resources are

available to accept the new reservation

After reservation the application can start to send traffic over the path for

which it has exclusive use of the resources

27Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Two services level

guaranteed (delay) service

controlled load service

28Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Service Models

Guaranteed service model

provides deterministic worst case delay bound through strict

admission control and fair queuing scheduling

designed for applications that require absolute guarantees on

delay

controlled load service model

provides a less firm guarantee

a service that is close to a lightly loaded best-effort network

29Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS30

Intserv QoS guarantee scenario

Resource reservation

call setup signaling (RSVP)

traffic QoS declaration

per-element admission control

QoS-sensitive scheduling

(eg WFQ)

request

reply

Signaling

A flow needs performance guarantee must

declare its QoS requirement

R-spec defines the QoS being requested characterize traffic it will

send into network

T-spec defines traffic characteristics

signaling protocol needed to carry R-spec and T-spec to routers (where

reservation is required)

31Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

connectionless

(stateless) forwarding

by IP routers

best effort

service

no network

signaling protocols

in initial IP design+ =

RSVP Protocol

RSVP (Resource Reservation Protocol) [RFC 2205]

Protocol used for control signals

Transmitting applications use RSVP to describe data traffic characteristics

Receiving applications use RSVP to describe their QoS requirements

Network Elements use RSVP to deliver QoS requests to other network elements

Reservation setup mechanism

Dynamic Applications can dynamically reserve and free network bandwidth

Simplex reservation setup Each side of a connection requiring bandwidth guarantee

must perform a separate reservation procedure

Hop-by-hopreservation style Every RSVP-aware hop benefits from the RSVP messages

traversing a flow ndash end-to-end guarantee not possible if some intermediate elements do

not support RSVP

Different reservation styles for unicast and multicast traffic

32Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking33

RSVP Design Goals

Accommodate heterogeneous receivers (different bandwidth along paths)

Accommodate different applications with different resource requirements

Make multicast a first class service with adaptation to multicast group membership

Leverage existing multicastunicast routing with adaptation to changes in underlying unicast multicast routes

Control protocol overhead to grow (at worst) linear in receivers

Modular design for heterogeneous underlying technologies

7 Multimedia Networking34

RSVP does nothellip

bull specify how resources are to be reserved

bull rather a mechanism for communicating needs

bull determine routes packets will take

bull thatrsquos the job of routing protocols

bull signaling decoupled from routing

bull interact with forwarding of packets

bull separation of control (signaling) and data (forwarding)

planes

7 Multimedia Networking35

RSVP overview of operation

senders receiver join a multicast group

done outside of RSVP

senders need not join group

sender-to-network signaling

path message make sender presence known to routers

path teardown delete senderrsquos path state from routers

receiver-to-network signaling

reservation message reserve resources from sender(s) to receiver

reservation teardown remove receiver reservations

network-to-end-system signaling

path error

reservation error

RSVP Usage Options

36Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking37

RSVP simple audio conference

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 both senders and receivers

multicast group m1

no filtering packets from any sender forwarded

audio rate b

only one multicast routing tree possible

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 6: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

QoS Affecting Factors

Delay variation or ldquojitterrdquo

Jitter is removed by a buffer in the receiving device

If jitter exceeds the size of the jitter buffersbquo the buffer will overflow and packet

loss will occur

What is the source of delay variation

Packet loss

The choice of codec

Echo control

The design of the network

Blocking probability

6Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Delay Jitter

7Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

The QoS Perspective

So what is Quality of Service

Ability to provide better service to selected traffic

Distinguish traffic with strict timing requirements

Allocate resources in the network (eg bandwidth buffer priority) so that traffic

gets to destinations quickly and reliably

Do not create bandwidth ndash simply manage it effectively to meet application

requirements

Benefits of using QoS

Dedicated bandwidth

Controlled network latency and jitter

Improved loss characteristics

Control and predictability beyond the ldquobest-effortrdquo concept

8Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS at Different Layers

QoS can be provided at different layers

Application Layer

Transport layer

(system) Network layer

TCP based congestion control scheme is application specific Some

applications can run on UDP some of modified unfriendly TCP for other

user Even more real-time application can not cope the large fluctuation of

Tx Rate due to TCP

Core network does not provide any QoS

To over come this problem network layer QoS is considered

We consider Network layer solutions

9Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Quality of Service Heterogeneity

10Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS11

Principles for QOS Guarantees

Consider a phone application at 1Mbps and an FTP application sharing a

15 Mbps link

bursts of FTP can congest the router and cause audio packets to be dropped

want to give priority to audio over FTP

PRINCIPLE 1 Marking of packets is needed for router to distinguish

between different classes and new router policy to treat packets accordingly

QoS12

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Applications misbehave (audio sends packets at a rate higher than 1Mbps assumed

above)

PRINCIPLE 2 provide protection (isolation) for one class from other classes

Require Policing Mechanisms to ensure sources adhere to bandwidth

requirements Marking and Policing need to be done at the edges

QoS13

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Alternative to Marking and Policing allocate a set portion of bandwidth to

each application flow can lead to inefficient use of bandwidth if one of the flows

does not use its allocation

PRINCIPLE 3 While providing isolation it is desirable to use

resources as efficiently as possible

QoS14

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Cannot support traffic beyond link capacity

Two phone calls each requests 1 Mbps

PRINCIPLE 4 Need a Call Admission Process application flow

declares its needs network may block call if it cannot satisfy the needs

Basic Functional Blocks of QoS

Call Admission Resource Allocation

SLA (Service Level Agreement)

Advertisement of required bandwidth by user to the network

Provisioning of bandwidth by network for user

Flow Classification

Ability of the network to identify incoming packets (flows) and assign them a pre-defined level of

service

Policing and Shaping

Ability of the network to monitor flows to ensure conformance to advertised traffic characteristics and

provisioned resources

Congestion Avoidance Mechanisms

Ability to monitor buffer utilization levels and regulate flow rates to alleviate congestion on network

links

Scheduling Mechanisms

Queuing mechanisms to provision differing levels of service

15Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Call Admission

Control Plane

Signal the network on type of connection and QoS requirements

Network is responsible for pro-active Bandwidth Management

Establishing the route of the connection

Reserving enough resources to meet QoS requirements

Stochastic reservation

Virtual pipes

Rejecting a call if it does not have enough

resources to meet the call

1048707 Examples

ATM

IntServ (RSVP)

MPLS

16Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Flow Classification

Need a method to identify packetscells in order to provide differential treatment

Examples of Classification Criteria

VC number

MPLS Label

Type of Service

Protocol

Address

Source IP Address

Destination IP Address

Port Number

Source port

Destination port

Incoming interface

DSCP (DiffServ Code Point)

17Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Policing and Shaping

Effect of Policing

Effect of Shaping

18Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Congestion Avoidance

Not congestion management

Monitor traffic loads at egress

network interfaces in order to

anticipate and avoid congestion in

the buffers

Do not accept packet into buffer if

packet fails ldquodiscard testrdquo

Typically works best in tandem with

TCP

Take advantage of TCP retransmission

mechanism by randomly dropping

packets

Reduce chance of tail drop

Minimize chance of global

synchronization

Common schemes

RED (Random Early Detection)

Stochastically drop packets as

congestion begins to increase

WRED (Weighted Random Early

Detection)

Combine stochastic dropping of

packets with IP Precedence

Implemented by two different

algorithms

Average queue size computation

Packet drop probability

19Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling - Common queueing disciplines

Scheduling algorithms are

important components in the

provision of guaranteed quality

of service parameters such as

delay delay jitter packet loss

rate or throughput

Scheduling Schemes

FIFO (First In First Out)

PQ (Priority Queuing)

WRR (Weighted Round Robin) variants

FQ (Fair Queuing)

Equal weight given to each queue

WFQ (Weighted Fair Queuing)

Variable weight given to each queue

Approximate when packet sizes disparate

Implemented in software

CQ (Custom Queuing)

CBWFQ (Class Based Weighted Fair Queuing)

WFQ where packets are classified into queues

DRR (Deficit Round Robin)

More exact weight given to each queue

20Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling ndash WFQ Principles

Operational basics

Divide traffic into various queues

Assign a weight (portion of bandwidth) to each queue

Serve each queue according to its weight (in essence desired percentage of

output port bandwidth for the queue)

Each class is ldquoguaranteedrdquo a minimum share of output forwarding capacity

Note that the queues are not in a priority order ndash which means each queue

sees the full server for a fraction of the total time

Allows for configuration of multiple levels of sharing hierarchy

LLQ (Low Latency Queue)

Strict priority queue within CBWFQ paradigm

21Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Putting the Pieces Togetherhellip

Classifier Selects packets based on portions of packet header

Marker MarksRemarks the packet header based on traffic class

Meter Checks compliance to traffic profile and passes result to Marker and ShaperDropper

Shaper Allows for delaying of packets in buffer to enforce compliance with traffic profile

Dropper Drops traffic that does not conform with traffic profile

Congestion Avoidance Checks buffer levels and stochastically drops packets

Scheduler Allows for differential queueing and servicing of packets

22Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scope of IP QoS

From a TCPIP perspective hellip

23Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

IP Datagram Lifecycle under QoS

24Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

NETWORK ARCHITECTURE

INTSRV AND DIFFSRV

APPROACHES

25Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Architecture for providing QoS guarantees in IP networks

for individual application sessions

Assumptions

resource must be explicitly managed in order to meet the requirements of

real-time applications

resource reservation routers maintain state info of allocated

resources QoS reqrsquos

26Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Steps

Application requests its required resource

The network uses a routing protocol to find a path based on the requested

resources

Reservation protocol (RSVP) is used to install the reservation state along

that path

At each hop admission control checks whether sufficient resources are

available to accept the new reservation

After reservation the application can start to send traffic over the path for

which it has exclusive use of the resources

27Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Two services level

guaranteed (delay) service

controlled load service

28Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Service Models

Guaranteed service model

provides deterministic worst case delay bound through strict

admission control and fair queuing scheduling

designed for applications that require absolute guarantees on

delay

controlled load service model

provides a less firm guarantee

a service that is close to a lightly loaded best-effort network

29Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS30

Intserv QoS guarantee scenario

Resource reservation

call setup signaling (RSVP)

traffic QoS declaration

per-element admission control

QoS-sensitive scheduling

(eg WFQ)

request

reply

Signaling

A flow needs performance guarantee must

declare its QoS requirement

R-spec defines the QoS being requested characterize traffic it will

send into network

T-spec defines traffic characteristics

signaling protocol needed to carry R-spec and T-spec to routers (where

reservation is required)

31Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

connectionless

(stateless) forwarding

by IP routers

best effort

service

no network

signaling protocols

in initial IP design+ =

RSVP Protocol

RSVP (Resource Reservation Protocol) [RFC 2205]

Protocol used for control signals

Transmitting applications use RSVP to describe data traffic characteristics

Receiving applications use RSVP to describe their QoS requirements

Network Elements use RSVP to deliver QoS requests to other network elements

Reservation setup mechanism

Dynamic Applications can dynamically reserve and free network bandwidth

Simplex reservation setup Each side of a connection requiring bandwidth guarantee

must perform a separate reservation procedure

Hop-by-hopreservation style Every RSVP-aware hop benefits from the RSVP messages

traversing a flow ndash end-to-end guarantee not possible if some intermediate elements do

not support RSVP

Different reservation styles for unicast and multicast traffic

32Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking33

RSVP Design Goals

Accommodate heterogeneous receivers (different bandwidth along paths)

Accommodate different applications with different resource requirements

Make multicast a first class service with adaptation to multicast group membership

Leverage existing multicastunicast routing with adaptation to changes in underlying unicast multicast routes

Control protocol overhead to grow (at worst) linear in receivers

Modular design for heterogeneous underlying technologies

7 Multimedia Networking34

RSVP does nothellip

bull specify how resources are to be reserved

bull rather a mechanism for communicating needs

bull determine routes packets will take

bull thatrsquos the job of routing protocols

bull signaling decoupled from routing

bull interact with forwarding of packets

bull separation of control (signaling) and data (forwarding)

planes

7 Multimedia Networking35

RSVP overview of operation

senders receiver join a multicast group

done outside of RSVP

senders need not join group

sender-to-network signaling

path message make sender presence known to routers

path teardown delete senderrsquos path state from routers

receiver-to-network signaling

reservation message reserve resources from sender(s) to receiver

reservation teardown remove receiver reservations

network-to-end-system signaling

path error

reservation error

RSVP Usage Options

36Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking37

RSVP simple audio conference

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 both senders and receivers

multicast group m1

no filtering packets from any sender forwarded

audio rate b

only one multicast routing tree possible

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 7: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

Delay Jitter

7Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

The QoS Perspective

So what is Quality of Service

Ability to provide better service to selected traffic

Distinguish traffic with strict timing requirements

Allocate resources in the network (eg bandwidth buffer priority) so that traffic

gets to destinations quickly and reliably

Do not create bandwidth ndash simply manage it effectively to meet application

requirements

Benefits of using QoS

Dedicated bandwidth

Controlled network latency and jitter

Improved loss characteristics

Control and predictability beyond the ldquobest-effortrdquo concept

8Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS at Different Layers

QoS can be provided at different layers

Application Layer

Transport layer

(system) Network layer

TCP based congestion control scheme is application specific Some

applications can run on UDP some of modified unfriendly TCP for other

user Even more real-time application can not cope the large fluctuation of

Tx Rate due to TCP

Core network does not provide any QoS

To over come this problem network layer QoS is considered

We consider Network layer solutions

9Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Quality of Service Heterogeneity

10Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS11

Principles for QOS Guarantees

Consider a phone application at 1Mbps and an FTP application sharing a

15 Mbps link

bursts of FTP can congest the router and cause audio packets to be dropped

want to give priority to audio over FTP

PRINCIPLE 1 Marking of packets is needed for router to distinguish

between different classes and new router policy to treat packets accordingly

QoS12

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Applications misbehave (audio sends packets at a rate higher than 1Mbps assumed

above)

PRINCIPLE 2 provide protection (isolation) for one class from other classes

Require Policing Mechanisms to ensure sources adhere to bandwidth

requirements Marking and Policing need to be done at the edges

QoS13

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Alternative to Marking and Policing allocate a set portion of bandwidth to

each application flow can lead to inefficient use of bandwidth if one of the flows

does not use its allocation

PRINCIPLE 3 While providing isolation it is desirable to use

resources as efficiently as possible

QoS14

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Cannot support traffic beyond link capacity

Two phone calls each requests 1 Mbps

PRINCIPLE 4 Need a Call Admission Process application flow

declares its needs network may block call if it cannot satisfy the needs

Basic Functional Blocks of QoS

Call Admission Resource Allocation

SLA (Service Level Agreement)

Advertisement of required bandwidth by user to the network

Provisioning of bandwidth by network for user

Flow Classification

Ability of the network to identify incoming packets (flows) and assign them a pre-defined level of

service

Policing and Shaping

Ability of the network to monitor flows to ensure conformance to advertised traffic characteristics and

provisioned resources

Congestion Avoidance Mechanisms

Ability to monitor buffer utilization levels and regulate flow rates to alleviate congestion on network

links

Scheduling Mechanisms

Queuing mechanisms to provision differing levels of service

15Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Call Admission

Control Plane

Signal the network on type of connection and QoS requirements

Network is responsible for pro-active Bandwidth Management

Establishing the route of the connection

Reserving enough resources to meet QoS requirements

Stochastic reservation

Virtual pipes

Rejecting a call if it does not have enough

resources to meet the call

1048707 Examples

ATM

IntServ (RSVP)

MPLS

16Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Flow Classification

Need a method to identify packetscells in order to provide differential treatment

Examples of Classification Criteria

VC number

MPLS Label

Type of Service

Protocol

Address

Source IP Address

Destination IP Address

Port Number

Source port

Destination port

Incoming interface

DSCP (DiffServ Code Point)

17Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Policing and Shaping

Effect of Policing

Effect of Shaping

18Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Congestion Avoidance

Not congestion management

Monitor traffic loads at egress

network interfaces in order to

anticipate and avoid congestion in

the buffers

Do not accept packet into buffer if

packet fails ldquodiscard testrdquo

Typically works best in tandem with

TCP

Take advantage of TCP retransmission

mechanism by randomly dropping

packets

Reduce chance of tail drop

Minimize chance of global

synchronization

Common schemes

RED (Random Early Detection)

Stochastically drop packets as

congestion begins to increase

WRED (Weighted Random Early

Detection)

Combine stochastic dropping of

packets with IP Precedence

Implemented by two different

algorithms

Average queue size computation

Packet drop probability

19Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling - Common queueing disciplines

Scheduling algorithms are

important components in the

provision of guaranteed quality

of service parameters such as

delay delay jitter packet loss

rate or throughput

Scheduling Schemes

FIFO (First In First Out)

PQ (Priority Queuing)

WRR (Weighted Round Robin) variants

FQ (Fair Queuing)

Equal weight given to each queue

WFQ (Weighted Fair Queuing)

Variable weight given to each queue

Approximate when packet sizes disparate

Implemented in software

CQ (Custom Queuing)

CBWFQ (Class Based Weighted Fair Queuing)

WFQ where packets are classified into queues

DRR (Deficit Round Robin)

More exact weight given to each queue

20Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling ndash WFQ Principles

Operational basics

Divide traffic into various queues

Assign a weight (portion of bandwidth) to each queue

Serve each queue according to its weight (in essence desired percentage of

output port bandwidth for the queue)

Each class is ldquoguaranteedrdquo a minimum share of output forwarding capacity

Note that the queues are not in a priority order ndash which means each queue

sees the full server for a fraction of the total time

Allows for configuration of multiple levels of sharing hierarchy

LLQ (Low Latency Queue)

Strict priority queue within CBWFQ paradigm

21Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Putting the Pieces Togetherhellip

Classifier Selects packets based on portions of packet header

Marker MarksRemarks the packet header based on traffic class

Meter Checks compliance to traffic profile and passes result to Marker and ShaperDropper

Shaper Allows for delaying of packets in buffer to enforce compliance with traffic profile

Dropper Drops traffic that does not conform with traffic profile

Congestion Avoidance Checks buffer levels and stochastically drops packets

Scheduler Allows for differential queueing and servicing of packets

22Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scope of IP QoS

From a TCPIP perspective hellip

23Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

IP Datagram Lifecycle under QoS

24Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

NETWORK ARCHITECTURE

INTSRV AND DIFFSRV

APPROACHES

25Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Architecture for providing QoS guarantees in IP networks

for individual application sessions

Assumptions

resource must be explicitly managed in order to meet the requirements of

real-time applications

resource reservation routers maintain state info of allocated

resources QoS reqrsquos

26Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Steps

Application requests its required resource

The network uses a routing protocol to find a path based on the requested

resources

Reservation protocol (RSVP) is used to install the reservation state along

that path

At each hop admission control checks whether sufficient resources are

available to accept the new reservation

After reservation the application can start to send traffic over the path for

which it has exclusive use of the resources

27Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Two services level

guaranteed (delay) service

controlled load service

28Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Service Models

Guaranteed service model

provides deterministic worst case delay bound through strict

admission control and fair queuing scheduling

designed for applications that require absolute guarantees on

delay

controlled load service model

provides a less firm guarantee

a service that is close to a lightly loaded best-effort network

29Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS30

Intserv QoS guarantee scenario

Resource reservation

call setup signaling (RSVP)

traffic QoS declaration

per-element admission control

QoS-sensitive scheduling

(eg WFQ)

request

reply

Signaling

A flow needs performance guarantee must

declare its QoS requirement

R-spec defines the QoS being requested characterize traffic it will

send into network

T-spec defines traffic characteristics

signaling protocol needed to carry R-spec and T-spec to routers (where

reservation is required)

31Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

connectionless

(stateless) forwarding

by IP routers

best effort

service

no network

signaling protocols

in initial IP design+ =

RSVP Protocol

RSVP (Resource Reservation Protocol) [RFC 2205]

Protocol used for control signals

Transmitting applications use RSVP to describe data traffic characteristics

Receiving applications use RSVP to describe their QoS requirements

Network Elements use RSVP to deliver QoS requests to other network elements

Reservation setup mechanism

Dynamic Applications can dynamically reserve and free network bandwidth

Simplex reservation setup Each side of a connection requiring bandwidth guarantee

must perform a separate reservation procedure

Hop-by-hopreservation style Every RSVP-aware hop benefits from the RSVP messages

traversing a flow ndash end-to-end guarantee not possible if some intermediate elements do

not support RSVP

Different reservation styles for unicast and multicast traffic

32Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking33

RSVP Design Goals

Accommodate heterogeneous receivers (different bandwidth along paths)

Accommodate different applications with different resource requirements

Make multicast a first class service with adaptation to multicast group membership

Leverage existing multicastunicast routing with adaptation to changes in underlying unicast multicast routes

Control protocol overhead to grow (at worst) linear in receivers

Modular design for heterogeneous underlying technologies

7 Multimedia Networking34

RSVP does nothellip

bull specify how resources are to be reserved

bull rather a mechanism for communicating needs

bull determine routes packets will take

bull thatrsquos the job of routing protocols

bull signaling decoupled from routing

bull interact with forwarding of packets

bull separation of control (signaling) and data (forwarding)

planes

7 Multimedia Networking35

RSVP overview of operation

senders receiver join a multicast group

done outside of RSVP

senders need not join group

sender-to-network signaling

path message make sender presence known to routers

path teardown delete senderrsquos path state from routers

receiver-to-network signaling

reservation message reserve resources from sender(s) to receiver

reservation teardown remove receiver reservations

network-to-end-system signaling

path error

reservation error

RSVP Usage Options

36Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking37

RSVP simple audio conference

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 both senders and receivers

multicast group m1

no filtering packets from any sender forwarded

audio rate b

only one multicast routing tree possible

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 8: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

The QoS Perspective

So what is Quality of Service

Ability to provide better service to selected traffic

Distinguish traffic with strict timing requirements

Allocate resources in the network (eg bandwidth buffer priority) so that traffic

gets to destinations quickly and reliably

Do not create bandwidth ndash simply manage it effectively to meet application

requirements

Benefits of using QoS

Dedicated bandwidth

Controlled network latency and jitter

Improved loss characteristics

Control and predictability beyond the ldquobest-effortrdquo concept

8Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS at Different Layers

QoS can be provided at different layers

Application Layer

Transport layer

(system) Network layer

TCP based congestion control scheme is application specific Some

applications can run on UDP some of modified unfriendly TCP for other

user Even more real-time application can not cope the large fluctuation of

Tx Rate due to TCP

Core network does not provide any QoS

To over come this problem network layer QoS is considered

We consider Network layer solutions

9Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Quality of Service Heterogeneity

10Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS11

Principles for QOS Guarantees

Consider a phone application at 1Mbps and an FTP application sharing a

15 Mbps link

bursts of FTP can congest the router and cause audio packets to be dropped

want to give priority to audio over FTP

PRINCIPLE 1 Marking of packets is needed for router to distinguish

between different classes and new router policy to treat packets accordingly

QoS12

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Applications misbehave (audio sends packets at a rate higher than 1Mbps assumed

above)

PRINCIPLE 2 provide protection (isolation) for one class from other classes

Require Policing Mechanisms to ensure sources adhere to bandwidth

requirements Marking and Policing need to be done at the edges

QoS13

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Alternative to Marking and Policing allocate a set portion of bandwidth to

each application flow can lead to inefficient use of bandwidth if one of the flows

does not use its allocation

PRINCIPLE 3 While providing isolation it is desirable to use

resources as efficiently as possible

QoS14

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Cannot support traffic beyond link capacity

Two phone calls each requests 1 Mbps

PRINCIPLE 4 Need a Call Admission Process application flow

declares its needs network may block call if it cannot satisfy the needs

Basic Functional Blocks of QoS

Call Admission Resource Allocation

SLA (Service Level Agreement)

Advertisement of required bandwidth by user to the network

Provisioning of bandwidth by network for user

Flow Classification

Ability of the network to identify incoming packets (flows) and assign them a pre-defined level of

service

Policing and Shaping

Ability of the network to monitor flows to ensure conformance to advertised traffic characteristics and

provisioned resources

Congestion Avoidance Mechanisms

Ability to monitor buffer utilization levels and regulate flow rates to alleviate congestion on network

links

Scheduling Mechanisms

Queuing mechanisms to provision differing levels of service

15Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Call Admission

Control Plane

Signal the network on type of connection and QoS requirements

Network is responsible for pro-active Bandwidth Management

Establishing the route of the connection

Reserving enough resources to meet QoS requirements

Stochastic reservation

Virtual pipes

Rejecting a call if it does not have enough

resources to meet the call

1048707 Examples

ATM

IntServ (RSVP)

MPLS

16Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Flow Classification

Need a method to identify packetscells in order to provide differential treatment

Examples of Classification Criteria

VC number

MPLS Label

Type of Service

Protocol

Address

Source IP Address

Destination IP Address

Port Number

Source port

Destination port

Incoming interface

DSCP (DiffServ Code Point)

17Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Policing and Shaping

Effect of Policing

Effect of Shaping

18Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Congestion Avoidance

Not congestion management

Monitor traffic loads at egress

network interfaces in order to

anticipate and avoid congestion in

the buffers

Do not accept packet into buffer if

packet fails ldquodiscard testrdquo

Typically works best in tandem with

TCP

Take advantage of TCP retransmission

mechanism by randomly dropping

packets

Reduce chance of tail drop

Minimize chance of global

synchronization

Common schemes

RED (Random Early Detection)

Stochastically drop packets as

congestion begins to increase

WRED (Weighted Random Early

Detection)

Combine stochastic dropping of

packets with IP Precedence

Implemented by two different

algorithms

Average queue size computation

Packet drop probability

19Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling - Common queueing disciplines

Scheduling algorithms are

important components in the

provision of guaranteed quality

of service parameters such as

delay delay jitter packet loss

rate or throughput

Scheduling Schemes

FIFO (First In First Out)

PQ (Priority Queuing)

WRR (Weighted Round Robin) variants

FQ (Fair Queuing)

Equal weight given to each queue

WFQ (Weighted Fair Queuing)

Variable weight given to each queue

Approximate when packet sizes disparate

Implemented in software

CQ (Custom Queuing)

CBWFQ (Class Based Weighted Fair Queuing)

WFQ where packets are classified into queues

DRR (Deficit Round Robin)

More exact weight given to each queue

20Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling ndash WFQ Principles

Operational basics

Divide traffic into various queues

Assign a weight (portion of bandwidth) to each queue

Serve each queue according to its weight (in essence desired percentage of

output port bandwidth for the queue)

Each class is ldquoguaranteedrdquo a minimum share of output forwarding capacity

Note that the queues are not in a priority order ndash which means each queue

sees the full server for a fraction of the total time

Allows for configuration of multiple levels of sharing hierarchy

LLQ (Low Latency Queue)

Strict priority queue within CBWFQ paradigm

21Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Putting the Pieces Togetherhellip

Classifier Selects packets based on portions of packet header

Marker MarksRemarks the packet header based on traffic class

Meter Checks compliance to traffic profile and passes result to Marker and ShaperDropper

Shaper Allows for delaying of packets in buffer to enforce compliance with traffic profile

Dropper Drops traffic that does not conform with traffic profile

Congestion Avoidance Checks buffer levels and stochastically drops packets

Scheduler Allows for differential queueing and servicing of packets

22Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scope of IP QoS

From a TCPIP perspective hellip

23Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

IP Datagram Lifecycle under QoS

24Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

NETWORK ARCHITECTURE

INTSRV AND DIFFSRV

APPROACHES

25Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Architecture for providing QoS guarantees in IP networks

for individual application sessions

Assumptions

resource must be explicitly managed in order to meet the requirements of

real-time applications

resource reservation routers maintain state info of allocated

resources QoS reqrsquos

26Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Steps

Application requests its required resource

The network uses a routing protocol to find a path based on the requested

resources

Reservation protocol (RSVP) is used to install the reservation state along

that path

At each hop admission control checks whether sufficient resources are

available to accept the new reservation

After reservation the application can start to send traffic over the path for

which it has exclusive use of the resources

27Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Two services level

guaranteed (delay) service

controlled load service

28Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Service Models

Guaranteed service model

provides deterministic worst case delay bound through strict

admission control and fair queuing scheduling

designed for applications that require absolute guarantees on

delay

controlled load service model

provides a less firm guarantee

a service that is close to a lightly loaded best-effort network

29Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS30

Intserv QoS guarantee scenario

Resource reservation

call setup signaling (RSVP)

traffic QoS declaration

per-element admission control

QoS-sensitive scheduling

(eg WFQ)

request

reply

Signaling

A flow needs performance guarantee must

declare its QoS requirement

R-spec defines the QoS being requested characterize traffic it will

send into network

T-spec defines traffic characteristics

signaling protocol needed to carry R-spec and T-spec to routers (where

reservation is required)

31Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

connectionless

(stateless) forwarding

by IP routers

best effort

service

no network

signaling protocols

in initial IP design+ =

RSVP Protocol

RSVP (Resource Reservation Protocol) [RFC 2205]

Protocol used for control signals

Transmitting applications use RSVP to describe data traffic characteristics

Receiving applications use RSVP to describe their QoS requirements

Network Elements use RSVP to deliver QoS requests to other network elements

Reservation setup mechanism

Dynamic Applications can dynamically reserve and free network bandwidth

Simplex reservation setup Each side of a connection requiring bandwidth guarantee

must perform a separate reservation procedure

Hop-by-hopreservation style Every RSVP-aware hop benefits from the RSVP messages

traversing a flow ndash end-to-end guarantee not possible if some intermediate elements do

not support RSVP

Different reservation styles for unicast and multicast traffic

32Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking33

RSVP Design Goals

Accommodate heterogeneous receivers (different bandwidth along paths)

Accommodate different applications with different resource requirements

Make multicast a first class service with adaptation to multicast group membership

Leverage existing multicastunicast routing with adaptation to changes in underlying unicast multicast routes

Control protocol overhead to grow (at worst) linear in receivers

Modular design for heterogeneous underlying technologies

7 Multimedia Networking34

RSVP does nothellip

bull specify how resources are to be reserved

bull rather a mechanism for communicating needs

bull determine routes packets will take

bull thatrsquos the job of routing protocols

bull signaling decoupled from routing

bull interact with forwarding of packets

bull separation of control (signaling) and data (forwarding)

planes

7 Multimedia Networking35

RSVP overview of operation

senders receiver join a multicast group

done outside of RSVP

senders need not join group

sender-to-network signaling

path message make sender presence known to routers

path teardown delete senderrsquos path state from routers

receiver-to-network signaling

reservation message reserve resources from sender(s) to receiver

reservation teardown remove receiver reservations

network-to-end-system signaling

path error

reservation error

RSVP Usage Options

36Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking37

RSVP simple audio conference

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 both senders and receivers

multicast group m1

no filtering packets from any sender forwarded

audio rate b

only one multicast routing tree possible

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 9: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

QoS at Different Layers

QoS can be provided at different layers

Application Layer

Transport layer

(system) Network layer

TCP based congestion control scheme is application specific Some

applications can run on UDP some of modified unfriendly TCP for other

user Even more real-time application can not cope the large fluctuation of

Tx Rate due to TCP

Core network does not provide any QoS

To over come this problem network layer QoS is considered

We consider Network layer solutions

9Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Quality of Service Heterogeneity

10Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS11

Principles for QOS Guarantees

Consider a phone application at 1Mbps and an FTP application sharing a

15 Mbps link

bursts of FTP can congest the router and cause audio packets to be dropped

want to give priority to audio over FTP

PRINCIPLE 1 Marking of packets is needed for router to distinguish

between different classes and new router policy to treat packets accordingly

QoS12

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Applications misbehave (audio sends packets at a rate higher than 1Mbps assumed

above)

PRINCIPLE 2 provide protection (isolation) for one class from other classes

Require Policing Mechanisms to ensure sources adhere to bandwidth

requirements Marking and Policing need to be done at the edges

QoS13

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Alternative to Marking and Policing allocate a set portion of bandwidth to

each application flow can lead to inefficient use of bandwidth if one of the flows

does not use its allocation

PRINCIPLE 3 While providing isolation it is desirable to use

resources as efficiently as possible

QoS14

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Cannot support traffic beyond link capacity

Two phone calls each requests 1 Mbps

PRINCIPLE 4 Need a Call Admission Process application flow

declares its needs network may block call if it cannot satisfy the needs

Basic Functional Blocks of QoS

Call Admission Resource Allocation

SLA (Service Level Agreement)

Advertisement of required bandwidth by user to the network

Provisioning of bandwidth by network for user

Flow Classification

Ability of the network to identify incoming packets (flows) and assign them a pre-defined level of

service

Policing and Shaping

Ability of the network to monitor flows to ensure conformance to advertised traffic characteristics and

provisioned resources

Congestion Avoidance Mechanisms

Ability to monitor buffer utilization levels and regulate flow rates to alleviate congestion on network

links

Scheduling Mechanisms

Queuing mechanisms to provision differing levels of service

15Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Call Admission

Control Plane

Signal the network on type of connection and QoS requirements

Network is responsible for pro-active Bandwidth Management

Establishing the route of the connection

Reserving enough resources to meet QoS requirements

Stochastic reservation

Virtual pipes

Rejecting a call if it does not have enough

resources to meet the call

1048707 Examples

ATM

IntServ (RSVP)

MPLS

16Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Flow Classification

Need a method to identify packetscells in order to provide differential treatment

Examples of Classification Criteria

VC number

MPLS Label

Type of Service

Protocol

Address

Source IP Address

Destination IP Address

Port Number

Source port

Destination port

Incoming interface

DSCP (DiffServ Code Point)

17Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Policing and Shaping

Effect of Policing

Effect of Shaping

18Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Congestion Avoidance

Not congestion management

Monitor traffic loads at egress

network interfaces in order to

anticipate and avoid congestion in

the buffers

Do not accept packet into buffer if

packet fails ldquodiscard testrdquo

Typically works best in tandem with

TCP

Take advantage of TCP retransmission

mechanism by randomly dropping

packets

Reduce chance of tail drop

Minimize chance of global

synchronization

Common schemes

RED (Random Early Detection)

Stochastically drop packets as

congestion begins to increase

WRED (Weighted Random Early

Detection)

Combine stochastic dropping of

packets with IP Precedence

Implemented by two different

algorithms

Average queue size computation

Packet drop probability

19Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling - Common queueing disciplines

Scheduling algorithms are

important components in the

provision of guaranteed quality

of service parameters such as

delay delay jitter packet loss

rate or throughput

Scheduling Schemes

FIFO (First In First Out)

PQ (Priority Queuing)

WRR (Weighted Round Robin) variants

FQ (Fair Queuing)

Equal weight given to each queue

WFQ (Weighted Fair Queuing)

Variable weight given to each queue

Approximate when packet sizes disparate

Implemented in software

CQ (Custom Queuing)

CBWFQ (Class Based Weighted Fair Queuing)

WFQ where packets are classified into queues

DRR (Deficit Round Robin)

More exact weight given to each queue

20Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling ndash WFQ Principles

Operational basics

Divide traffic into various queues

Assign a weight (portion of bandwidth) to each queue

Serve each queue according to its weight (in essence desired percentage of

output port bandwidth for the queue)

Each class is ldquoguaranteedrdquo a minimum share of output forwarding capacity

Note that the queues are not in a priority order ndash which means each queue

sees the full server for a fraction of the total time

Allows for configuration of multiple levels of sharing hierarchy

LLQ (Low Latency Queue)

Strict priority queue within CBWFQ paradigm

21Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Putting the Pieces Togetherhellip

Classifier Selects packets based on portions of packet header

Marker MarksRemarks the packet header based on traffic class

Meter Checks compliance to traffic profile and passes result to Marker and ShaperDropper

Shaper Allows for delaying of packets in buffer to enforce compliance with traffic profile

Dropper Drops traffic that does not conform with traffic profile

Congestion Avoidance Checks buffer levels and stochastically drops packets

Scheduler Allows for differential queueing and servicing of packets

22Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scope of IP QoS

From a TCPIP perspective hellip

23Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

IP Datagram Lifecycle under QoS

24Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

NETWORK ARCHITECTURE

INTSRV AND DIFFSRV

APPROACHES

25Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Architecture for providing QoS guarantees in IP networks

for individual application sessions

Assumptions

resource must be explicitly managed in order to meet the requirements of

real-time applications

resource reservation routers maintain state info of allocated

resources QoS reqrsquos

26Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Steps

Application requests its required resource

The network uses a routing protocol to find a path based on the requested

resources

Reservation protocol (RSVP) is used to install the reservation state along

that path

At each hop admission control checks whether sufficient resources are

available to accept the new reservation

After reservation the application can start to send traffic over the path for

which it has exclusive use of the resources

27Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Two services level

guaranteed (delay) service

controlled load service

28Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Service Models

Guaranteed service model

provides deterministic worst case delay bound through strict

admission control and fair queuing scheduling

designed for applications that require absolute guarantees on

delay

controlled load service model

provides a less firm guarantee

a service that is close to a lightly loaded best-effort network

29Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS30

Intserv QoS guarantee scenario

Resource reservation

call setup signaling (RSVP)

traffic QoS declaration

per-element admission control

QoS-sensitive scheduling

(eg WFQ)

request

reply

Signaling

A flow needs performance guarantee must

declare its QoS requirement

R-spec defines the QoS being requested characterize traffic it will

send into network

T-spec defines traffic characteristics

signaling protocol needed to carry R-spec and T-spec to routers (where

reservation is required)

31Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

connectionless

(stateless) forwarding

by IP routers

best effort

service

no network

signaling protocols

in initial IP design+ =

RSVP Protocol

RSVP (Resource Reservation Protocol) [RFC 2205]

Protocol used for control signals

Transmitting applications use RSVP to describe data traffic characteristics

Receiving applications use RSVP to describe their QoS requirements

Network Elements use RSVP to deliver QoS requests to other network elements

Reservation setup mechanism

Dynamic Applications can dynamically reserve and free network bandwidth

Simplex reservation setup Each side of a connection requiring bandwidth guarantee

must perform a separate reservation procedure

Hop-by-hopreservation style Every RSVP-aware hop benefits from the RSVP messages

traversing a flow ndash end-to-end guarantee not possible if some intermediate elements do

not support RSVP

Different reservation styles for unicast and multicast traffic

32Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking33

RSVP Design Goals

Accommodate heterogeneous receivers (different bandwidth along paths)

Accommodate different applications with different resource requirements

Make multicast a first class service with adaptation to multicast group membership

Leverage existing multicastunicast routing with adaptation to changes in underlying unicast multicast routes

Control protocol overhead to grow (at worst) linear in receivers

Modular design for heterogeneous underlying technologies

7 Multimedia Networking34

RSVP does nothellip

bull specify how resources are to be reserved

bull rather a mechanism for communicating needs

bull determine routes packets will take

bull thatrsquos the job of routing protocols

bull signaling decoupled from routing

bull interact with forwarding of packets

bull separation of control (signaling) and data (forwarding)

planes

7 Multimedia Networking35

RSVP overview of operation

senders receiver join a multicast group

done outside of RSVP

senders need not join group

sender-to-network signaling

path message make sender presence known to routers

path teardown delete senderrsquos path state from routers

receiver-to-network signaling

reservation message reserve resources from sender(s) to receiver

reservation teardown remove receiver reservations

network-to-end-system signaling

path error

reservation error

RSVP Usage Options

36Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking37

RSVP simple audio conference

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 both senders and receivers

multicast group m1

no filtering packets from any sender forwarded

audio rate b

only one multicast routing tree possible

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 10: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

Quality of Service Heterogeneity

10Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS11

Principles for QOS Guarantees

Consider a phone application at 1Mbps and an FTP application sharing a

15 Mbps link

bursts of FTP can congest the router and cause audio packets to be dropped

want to give priority to audio over FTP

PRINCIPLE 1 Marking of packets is needed for router to distinguish

between different classes and new router policy to treat packets accordingly

QoS12

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Applications misbehave (audio sends packets at a rate higher than 1Mbps assumed

above)

PRINCIPLE 2 provide protection (isolation) for one class from other classes

Require Policing Mechanisms to ensure sources adhere to bandwidth

requirements Marking and Policing need to be done at the edges

QoS13

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Alternative to Marking and Policing allocate a set portion of bandwidth to

each application flow can lead to inefficient use of bandwidth if one of the flows

does not use its allocation

PRINCIPLE 3 While providing isolation it is desirable to use

resources as efficiently as possible

QoS14

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Cannot support traffic beyond link capacity

Two phone calls each requests 1 Mbps

PRINCIPLE 4 Need a Call Admission Process application flow

declares its needs network may block call if it cannot satisfy the needs

Basic Functional Blocks of QoS

Call Admission Resource Allocation

SLA (Service Level Agreement)

Advertisement of required bandwidth by user to the network

Provisioning of bandwidth by network for user

Flow Classification

Ability of the network to identify incoming packets (flows) and assign them a pre-defined level of

service

Policing and Shaping

Ability of the network to monitor flows to ensure conformance to advertised traffic characteristics and

provisioned resources

Congestion Avoidance Mechanisms

Ability to monitor buffer utilization levels and regulate flow rates to alleviate congestion on network

links

Scheduling Mechanisms

Queuing mechanisms to provision differing levels of service

15Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Call Admission

Control Plane

Signal the network on type of connection and QoS requirements

Network is responsible for pro-active Bandwidth Management

Establishing the route of the connection

Reserving enough resources to meet QoS requirements

Stochastic reservation

Virtual pipes

Rejecting a call if it does not have enough

resources to meet the call

1048707 Examples

ATM

IntServ (RSVP)

MPLS

16Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Flow Classification

Need a method to identify packetscells in order to provide differential treatment

Examples of Classification Criteria

VC number

MPLS Label

Type of Service

Protocol

Address

Source IP Address

Destination IP Address

Port Number

Source port

Destination port

Incoming interface

DSCP (DiffServ Code Point)

17Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Policing and Shaping

Effect of Policing

Effect of Shaping

18Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Congestion Avoidance

Not congestion management

Monitor traffic loads at egress

network interfaces in order to

anticipate and avoid congestion in

the buffers

Do not accept packet into buffer if

packet fails ldquodiscard testrdquo

Typically works best in tandem with

TCP

Take advantage of TCP retransmission

mechanism by randomly dropping

packets

Reduce chance of tail drop

Minimize chance of global

synchronization

Common schemes

RED (Random Early Detection)

Stochastically drop packets as

congestion begins to increase

WRED (Weighted Random Early

Detection)

Combine stochastic dropping of

packets with IP Precedence

Implemented by two different

algorithms

Average queue size computation

Packet drop probability

19Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling - Common queueing disciplines

Scheduling algorithms are

important components in the

provision of guaranteed quality

of service parameters such as

delay delay jitter packet loss

rate or throughput

Scheduling Schemes

FIFO (First In First Out)

PQ (Priority Queuing)

WRR (Weighted Round Robin) variants

FQ (Fair Queuing)

Equal weight given to each queue

WFQ (Weighted Fair Queuing)

Variable weight given to each queue

Approximate when packet sizes disparate

Implemented in software

CQ (Custom Queuing)

CBWFQ (Class Based Weighted Fair Queuing)

WFQ where packets are classified into queues

DRR (Deficit Round Robin)

More exact weight given to each queue

20Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling ndash WFQ Principles

Operational basics

Divide traffic into various queues

Assign a weight (portion of bandwidth) to each queue

Serve each queue according to its weight (in essence desired percentage of

output port bandwidth for the queue)

Each class is ldquoguaranteedrdquo a minimum share of output forwarding capacity

Note that the queues are not in a priority order ndash which means each queue

sees the full server for a fraction of the total time

Allows for configuration of multiple levels of sharing hierarchy

LLQ (Low Latency Queue)

Strict priority queue within CBWFQ paradigm

21Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Putting the Pieces Togetherhellip

Classifier Selects packets based on portions of packet header

Marker MarksRemarks the packet header based on traffic class

Meter Checks compliance to traffic profile and passes result to Marker and ShaperDropper

Shaper Allows for delaying of packets in buffer to enforce compliance with traffic profile

Dropper Drops traffic that does not conform with traffic profile

Congestion Avoidance Checks buffer levels and stochastically drops packets

Scheduler Allows for differential queueing and servicing of packets

22Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scope of IP QoS

From a TCPIP perspective hellip

23Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

IP Datagram Lifecycle under QoS

24Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

NETWORK ARCHITECTURE

INTSRV AND DIFFSRV

APPROACHES

25Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Architecture for providing QoS guarantees in IP networks

for individual application sessions

Assumptions

resource must be explicitly managed in order to meet the requirements of

real-time applications

resource reservation routers maintain state info of allocated

resources QoS reqrsquos

26Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Steps

Application requests its required resource

The network uses a routing protocol to find a path based on the requested

resources

Reservation protocol (RSVP) is used to install the reservation state along

that path

At each hop admission control checks whether sufficient resources are

available to accept the new reservation

After reservation the application can start to send traffic over the path for

which it has exclusive use of the resources

27Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Two services level

guaranteed (delay) service

controlled load service

28Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Service Models

Guaranteed service model

provides deterministic worst case delay bound through strict

admission control and fair queuing scheduling

designed for applications that require absolute guarantees on

delay

controlled load service model

provides a less firm guarantee

a service that is close to a lightly loaded best-effort network

29Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS30

Intserv QoS guarantee scenario

Resource reservation

call setup signaling (RSVP)

traffic QoS declaration

per-element admission control

QoS-sensitive scheduling

(eg WFQ)

request

reply

Signaling

A flow needs performance guarantee must

declare its QoS requirement

R-spec defines the QoS being requested characterize traffic it will

send into network

T-spec defines traffic characteristics

signaling protocol needed to carry R-spec and T-spec to routers (where

reservation is required)

31Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

connectionless

(stateless) forwarding

by IP routers

best effort

service

no network

signaling protocols

in initial IP design+ =

RSVP Protocol

RSVP (Resource Reservation Protocol) [RFC 2205]

Protocol used for control signals

Transmitting applications use RSVP to describe data traffic characteristics

Receiving applications use RSVP to describe their QoS requirements

Network Elements use RSVP to deliver QoS requests to other network elements

Reservation setup mechanism

Dynamic Applications can dynamically reserve and free network bandwidth

Simplex reservation setup Each side of a connection requiring bandwidth guarantee

must perform a separate reservation procedure

Hop-by-hopreservation style Every RSVP-aware hop benefits from the RSVP messages

traversing a flow ndash end-to-end guarantee not possible if some intermediate elements do

not support RSVP

Different reservation styles for unicast and multicast traffic

32Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking33

RSVP Design Goals

Accommodate heterogeneous receivers (different bandwidth along paths)

Accommodate different applications with different resource requirements

Make multicast a first class service with adaptation to multicast group membership

Leverage existing multicastunicast routing with adaptation to changes in underlying unicast multicast routes

Control protocol overhead to grow (at worst) linear in receivers

Modular design for heterogeneous underlying technologies

7 Multimedia Networking34

RSVP does nothellip

bull specify how resources are to be reserved

bull rather a mechanism for communicating needs

bull determine routes packets will take

bull thatrsquos the job of routing protocols

bull signaling decoupled from routing

bull interact with forwarding of packets

bull separation of control (signaling) and data (forwarding)

planes

7 Multimedia Networking35

RSVP overview of operation

senders receiver join a multicast group

done outside of RSVP

senders need not join group

sender-to-network signaling

path message make sender presence known to routers

path teardown delete senderrsquos path state from routers

receiver-to-network signaling

reservation message reserve resources from sender(s) to receiver

reservation teardown remove receiver reservations

network-to-end-system signaling

path error

reservation error

RSVP Usage Options

36Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking37

RSVP simple audio conference

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 both senders and receivers

multicast group m1

no filtering packets from any sender forwarded

audio rate b

only one multicast routing tree possible

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 11: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

QoS11

Principles for QOS Guarantees

Consider a phone application at 1Mbps and an FTP application sharing a

15 Mbps link

bursts of FTP can congest the router and cause audio packets to be dropped

want to give priority to audio over FTP

PRINCIPLE 1 Marking of packets is needed for router to distinguish

between different classes and new router policy to treat packets accordingly

QoS12

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Applications misbehave (audio sends packets at a rate higher than 1Mbps assumed

above)

PRINCIPLE 2 provide protection (isolation) for one class from other classes

Require Policing Mechanisms to ensure sources adhere to bandwidth

requirements Marking and Policing need to be done at the edges

QoS13

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Alternative to Marking and Policing allocate a set portion of bandwidth to

each application flow can lead to inefficient use of bandwidth if one of the flows

does not use its allocation

PRINCIPLE 3 While providing isolation it is desirable to use

resources as efficiently as possible

QoS14

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Cannot support traffic beyond link capacity

Two phone calls each requests 1 Mbps

PRINCIPLE 4 Need a Call Admission Process application flow

declares its needs network may block call if it cannot satisfy the needs

Basic Functional Blocks of QoS

Call Admission Resource Allocation

SLA (Service Level Agreement)

Advertisement of required bandwidth by user to the network

Provisioning of bandwidth by network for user

Flow Classification

Ability of the network to identify incoming packets (flows) and assign them a pre-defined level of

service

Policing and Shaping

Ability of the network to monitor flows to ensure conformance to advertised traffic characteristics and

provisioned resources

Congestion Avoidance Mechanisms

Ability to monitor buffer utilization levels and regulate flow rates to alleviate congestion on network

links

Scheduling Mechanisms

Queuing mechanisms to provision differing levels of service

15Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Call Admission

Control Plane

Signal the network on type of connection and QoS requirements

Network is responsible for pro-active Bandwidth Management

Establishing the route of the connection

Reserving enough resources to meet QoS requirements

Stochastic reservation

Virtual pipes

Rejecting a call if it does not have enough

resources to meet the call

1048707 Examples

ATM

IntServ (RSVP)

MPLS

16Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Flow Classification

Need a method to identify packetscells in order to provide differential treatment

Examples of Classification Criteria

VC number

MPLS Label

Type of Service

Protocol

Address

Source IP Address

Destination IP Address

Port Number

Source port

Destination port

Incoming interface

DSCP (DiffServ Code Point)

17Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Policing and Shaping

Effect of Policing

Effect of Shaping

18Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Congestion Avoidance

Not congestion management

Monitor traffic loads at egress

network interfaces in order to

anticipate and avoid congestion in

the buffers

Do not accept packet into buffer if

packet fails ldquodiscard testrdquo

Typically works best in tandem with

TCP

Take advantage of TCP retransmission

mechanism by randomly dropping

packets

Reduce chance of tail drop

Minimize chance of global

synchronization

Common schemes

RED (Random Early Detection)

Stochastically drop packets as

congestion begins to increase

WRED (Weighted Random Early

Detection)

Combine stochastic dropping of

packets with IP Precedence

Implemented by two different

algorithms

Average queue size computation

Packet drop probability

19Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling - Common queueing disciplines

Scheduling algorithms are

important components in the

provision of guaranteed quality

of service parameters such as

delay delay jitter packet loss

rate or throughput

Scheduling Schemes

FIFO (First In First Out)

PQ (Priority Queuing)

WRR (Weighted Round Robin) variants

FQ (Fair Queuing)

Equal weight given to each queue

WFQ (Weighted Fair Queuing)

Variable weight given to each queue

Approximate when packet sizes disparate

Implemented in software

CQ (Custom Queuing)

CBWFQ (Class Based Weighted Fair Queuing)

WFQ where packets are classified into queues

DRR (Deficit Round Robin)

More exact weight given to each queue

20Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling ndash WFQ Principles

Operational basics

Divide traffic into various queues

Assign a weight (portion of bandwidth) to each queue

Serve each queue according to its weight (in essence desired percentage of

output port bandwidth for the queue)

Each class is ldquoguaranteedrdquo a minimum share of output forwarding capacity

Note that the queues are not in a priority order ndash which means each queue

sees the full server for a fraction of the total time

Allows for configuration of multiple levels of sharing hierarchy

LLQ (Low Latency Queue)

Strict priority queue within CBWFQ paradigm

21Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Putting the Pieces Togetherhellip

Classifier Selects packets based on portions of packet header

Marker MarksRemarks the packet header based on traffic class

Meter Checks compliance to traffic profile and passes result to Marker and ShaperDropper

Shaper Allows for delaying of packets in buffer to enforce compliance with traffic profile

Dropper Drops traffic that does not conform with traffic profile

Congestion Avoidance Checks buffer levels and stochastically drops packets

Scheduler Allows for differential queueing and servicing of packets

22Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scope of IP QoS

From a TCPIP perspective hellip

23Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

IP Datagram Lifecycle under QoS

24Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

NETWORK ARCHITECTURE

INTSRV AND DIFFSRV

APPROACHES

25Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Architecture for providing QoS guarantees in IP networks

for individual application sessions

Assumptions

resource must be explicitly managed in order to meet the requirements of

real-time applications

resource reservation routers maintain state info of allocated

resources QoS reqrsquos

26Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Steps

Application requests its required resource

The network uses a routing protocol to find a path based on the requested

resources

Reservation protocol (RSVP) is used to install the reservation state along

that path

At each hop admission control checks whether sufficient resources are

available to accept the new reservation

After reservation the application can start to send traffic over the path for

which it has exclusive use of the resources

27Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Two services level

guaranteed (delay) service

controlled load service

28Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Service Models

Guaranteed service model

provides deterministic worst case delay bound through strict

admission control and fair queuing scheduling

designed for applications that require absolute guarantees on

delay

controlled load service model

provides a less firm guarantee

a service that is close to a lightly loaded best-effort network

29Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS30

Intserv QoS guarantee scenario

Resource reservation

call setup signaling (RSVP)

traffic QoS declaration

per-element admission control

QoS-sensitive scheduling

(eg WFQ)

request

reply

Signaling

A flow needs performance guarantee must

declare its QoS requirement

R-spec defines the QoS being requested characterize traffic it will

send into network

T-spec defines traffic characteristics

signaling protocol needed to carry R-spec and T-spec to routers (where

reservation is required)

31Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

connectionless

(stateless) forwarding

by IP routers

best effort

service

no network

signaling protocols

in initial IP design+ =

RSVP Protocol

RSVP (Resource Reservation Protocol) [RFC 2205]

Protocol used for control signals

Transmitting applications use RSVP to describe data traffic characteristics

Receiving applications use RSVP to describe their QoS requirements

Network Elements use RSVP to deliver QoS requests to other network elements

Reservation setup mechanism

Dynamic Applications can dynamically reserve and free network bandwidth

Simplex reservation setup Each side of a connection requiring bandwidth guarantee

must perform a separate reservation procedure

Hop-by-hopreservation style Every RSVP-aware hop benefits from the RSVP messages

traversing a flow ndash end-to-end guarantee not possible if some intermediate elements do

not support RSVP

Different reservation styles for unicast and multicast traffic

32Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking33

RSVP Design Goals

Accommodate heterogeneous receivers (different bandwidth along paths)

Accommodate different applications with different resource requirements

Make multicast a first class service with adaptation to multicast group membership

Leverage existing multicastunicast routing with adaptation to changes in underlying unicast multicast routes

Control protocol overhead to grow (at worst) linear in receivers

Modular design for heterogeneous underlying technologies

7 Multimedia Networking34

RSVP does nothellip

bull specify how resources are to be reserved

bull rather a mechanism for communicating needs

bull determine routes packets will take

bull thatrsquos the job of routing protocols

bull signaling decoupled from routing

bull interact with forwarding of packets

bull separation of control (signaling) and data (forwarding)

planes

7 Multimedia Networking35

RSVP overview of operation

senders receiver join a multicast group

done outside of RSVP

senders need not join group

sender-to-network signaling

path message make sender presence known to routers

path teardown delete senderrsquos path state from routers

receiver-to-network signaling

reservation message reserve resources from sender(s) to receiver

reservation teardown remove receiver reservations

network-to-end-system signaling

path error

reservation error

RSVP Usage Options

36Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking37

RSVP simple audio conference

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 both senders and receivers

multicast group m1

no filtering packets from any sender forwarded

audio rate b

only one multicast routing tree possible

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 12: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

QoS12

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Applications misbehave (audio sends packets at a rate higher than 1Mbps assumed

above)

PRINCIPLE 2 provide protection (isolation) for one class from other classes

Require Policing Mechanisms to ensure sources adhere to bandwidth

requirements Marking and Policing need to be done at the edges

QoS13

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Alternative to Marking and Policing allocate a set portion of bandwidth to

each application flow can lead to inefficient use of bandwidth if one of the flows

does not use its allocation

PRINCIPLE 3 While providing isolation it is desirable to use

resources as efficiently as possible

QoS14

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Cannot support traffic beyond link capacity

Two phone calls each requests 1 Mbps

PRINCIPLE 4 Need a Call Admission Process application flow

declares its needs network may block call if it cannot satisfy the needs

Basic Functional Blocks of QoS

Call Admission Resource Allocation

SLA (Service Level Agreement)

Advertisement of required bandwidth by user to the network

Provisioning of bandwidth by network for user

Flow Classification

Ability of the network to identify incoming packets (flows) and assign them a pre-defined level of

service

Policing and Shaping

Ability of the network to monitor flows to ensure conformance to advertised traffic characteristics and

provisioned resources

Congestion Avoidance Mechanisms

Ability to monitor buffer utilization levels and regulate flow rates to alleviate congestion on network

links

Scheduling Mechanisms

Queuing mechanisms to provision differing levels of service

15Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Call Admission

Control Plane

Signal the network on type of connection and QoS requirements

Network is responsible for pro-active Bandwidth Management

Establishing the route of the connection

Reserving enough resources to meet QoS requirements

Stochastic reservation

Virtual pipes

Rejecting a call if it does not have enough

resources to meet the call

1048707 Examples

ATM

IntServ (RSVP)

MPLS

16Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Flow Classification

Need a method to identify packetscells in order to provide differential treatment

Examples of Classification Criteria

VC number

MPLS Label

Type of Service

Protocol

Address

Source IP Address

Destination IP Address

Port Number

Source port

Destination port

Incoming interface

DSCP (DiffServ Code Point)

17Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Policing and Shaping

Effect of Policing

Effect of Shaping

18Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Congestion Avoidance

Not congestion management

Monitor traffic loads at egress

network interfaces in order to

anticipate and avoid congestion in

the buffers

Do not accept packet into buffer if

packet fails ldquodiscard testrdquo

Typically works best in tandem with

TCP

Take advantage of TCP retransmission

mechanism by randomly dropping

packets

Reduce chance of tail drop

Minimize chance of global

synchronization

Common schemes

RED (Random Early Detection)

Stochastically drop packets as

congestion begins to increase

WRED (Weighted Random Early

Detection)

Combine stochastic dropping of

packets with IP Precedence

Implemented by two different

algorithms

Average queue size computation

Packet drop probability

19Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling - Common queueing disciplines

Scheduling algorithms are

important components in the

provision of guaranteed quality

of service parameters such as

delay delay jitter packet loss

rate or throughput

Scheduling Schemes

FIFO (First In First Out)

PQ (Priority Queuing)

WRR (Weighted Round Robin) variants

FQ (Fair Queuing)

Equal weight given to each queue

WFQ (Weighted Fair Queuing)

Variable weight given to each queue

Approximate when packet sizes disparate

Implemented in software

CQ (Custom Queuing)

CBWFQ (Class Based Weighted Fair Queuing)

WFQ where packets are classified into queues

DRR (Deficit Round Robin)

More exact weight given to each queue

20Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling ndash WFQ Principles

Operational basics

Divide traffic into various queues

Assign a weight (portion of bandwidth) to each queue

Serve each queue according to its weight (in essence desired percentage of

output port bandwidth for the queue)

Each class is ldquoguaranteedrdquo a minimum share of output forwarding capacity

Note that the queues are not in a priority order ndash which means each queue

sees the full server for a fraction of the total time

Allows for configuration of multiple levels of sharing hierarchy

LLQ (Low Latency Queue)

Strict priority queue within CBWFQ paradigm

21Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Putting the Pieces Togetherhellip

Classifier Selects packets based on portions of packet header

Marker MarksRemarks the packet header based on traffic class

Meter Checks compliance to traffic profile and passes result to Marker and ShaperDropper

Shaper Allows for delaying of packets in buffer to enforce compliance with traffic profile

Dropper Drops traffic that does not conform with traffic profile

Congestion Avoidance Checks buffer levels and stochastically drops packets

Scheduler Allows for differential queueing and servicing of packets

22Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scope of IP QoS

From a TCPIP perspective hellip

23Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

IP Datagram Lifecycle under QoS

24Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

NETWORK ARCHITECTURE

INTSRV AND DIFFSRV

APPROACHES

25Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Architecture for providing QoS guarantees in IP networks

for individual application sessions

Assumptions

resource must be explicitly managed in order to meet the requirements of

real-time applications

resource reservation routers maintain state info of allocated

resources QoS reqrsquos

26Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Steps

Application requests its required resource

The network uses a routing protocol to find a path based on the requested

resources

Reservation protocol (RSVP) is used to install the reservation state along

that path

At each hop admission control checks whether sufficient resources are

available to accept the new reservation

After reservation the application can start to send traffic over the path for

which it has exclusive use of the resources

27Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Two services level

guaranteed (delay) service

controlled load service

28Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Service Models

Guaranteed service model

provides deterministic worst case delay bound through strict

admission control and fair queuing scheduling

designed for applications that require absolute guarantees on

delay

controlled load service model

provides a less firm guarantee

a service that is close to a lightly loaded best-effort network

29Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS30

Intserv QoS guarantee scenario

Resource reservation

call setup signaling (RSVP)

traffic QoS declaration

per-element admission control

QoS-sensitive scheduling

(eg WFQ)

request

reply

Signaling

A flow needs performance guarantee must

declare its QoS requirement

R-spec defines the QoS being requested characterize traffic it will

send into network

T-spec defines traffic characteristics

signaling protocol needed to carry R-spec and T-spec to routers (where

reservation is required)

31Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

connectionless

(stateless) forwarding

by IP routers

best effort

service

no network

signaling protocols

in initial IP design+ =

RSVP Protocol

RSVP (Resource Reservation Protocol) [RFC 2205]

Protocol used for control signals

Transmitting applications use RSVP to describe data traffic characteristics

Receiving applications use RSVP to describe their QoS requirements

Network Elements use RSVP to deliver QoS requests to other network elements

Reservation setup mechanism

Dynamic Applications can dynamically reserve and free network bandwidth

Simplex reservation setup Each side of a connection requiring bandwidth guarantee

must perform a separate reservation procedure

Hop-by-hopreservation style Every RSVP-aware hop benefits from the RSVP messages

traversing a flow ndash end-to-end guarantee not possible if some intermediate elements do

not support RSVP

Different reservation styles for unicast and multicast traffic

32Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking33

RSVP Design Goals

Accommodate heterogeneous receivers (different bandwidth along paths)

Accommodate different applications with different resource requirements

Make multicast a first class service with adaptation to multicast group membership

Leverage existing multicastunicast routing with adaptation to changes in underlying unicast multicast routes

Control protocol overhead to grow (at worst) linear in receivers

Modular design for heterogeneous underlying technologies

7 Multimedia Networking34

RSVP does nothellip

bull specify how resources are to be reserved

bull rather a mechanism for communicating needs

bull determine routes packets will take

bull thatrsquos the job of routing protocols

bull signaling decoupled from routing

bull interact with forwarding of packets

bull separation of control (signaling) and data (forwarding)

planes

7 Multimedia Networking35

RSVP overview of operation

senders receiver join a multicast group

done outside of RSVP

senders need not join group

sender-to-network signaling

path message make sender presence known to routers

path teardown delete senderrsquos path state from routers

receiver-to-network signaling

reservation message reserve resources from sender(s) to receiver

reservation teardown remove receiver reservations

network-to-end-system signaling

path error

reservation error

RSVP Usage Options

36Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking37

RSVP simple audio conference

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 both senders and receivers

multicast group m1

no filtering packets from any sender forwarded

audio rate b

only one multicast routing tree possible

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 13: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

QoS13

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Alternative to Marking and Policing allocate a set portion of bandwidth to

each application flow can lead to inefficient use of bandwidth if one of the flows

does not use its allocation

PRINCIPLE 3 While providing isolation it is desirable to use

resources as efficiently as possible

QoS14

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Cannot support traffic beyond link capacity

Two phone calls each requests 1 Mbps

PRINCIPLE 4 Need a Call Admission Process application flow

declares its needs network may block call if it cannot satisfy the needs

Basic Functional Blocks of QoS

Call Admission Resource Allocation

SLA (Service Level Agreement)

Advertisement of required bandwidth by user to the network

Provisioning of bandwidth by network for user

Flow Classification

Ability of the network to identify incoming packets (flows) and assign them a pre-defined level of

service

Policing and Shaping

Ability of the network to monitor flows to ensure conformance to advertised traffic characteristics and

provisioned resources

Congestion Avoidance Mechanisms

Ability to monitor buffer utilization levels and regulate flow rates to alleviate congestion on network

links

Scheduling Mechanisms

Queuing mechanisms to provision differing levels of service

15Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Call Admission

Control Plane

Signal the network on type of connection and QoS requirements

Network is responsible for pro-active Bandwidth Management

Establishing the route of the connection

Reserving enough resources to meet QoS requirements

Stochastic reservation

Virtual pipes

Rejecting a call if it does not have enough

resources to meet the call

1048707 Examples

ATM

IntServ (RSVP)

MPLS

16Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Flow Classification

Need a method to identify packetscells in order to provide differential treatment

Examples of Classification Criteria

VC number

MPLS Label

Type of Service

Protocol

Address

Source IP Address

Destination IP Address

Port Number

Source port

Destination port

Incoming interface

DSCP (DiffServ Code Point)

17Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Policing and Shaping

Effect of Policing

Effect of Shaping

18Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Congestion Avoidance

Not congestion management

Monitor traffic loads at egress

network interfaces in order to

anticipate and avoid congestion in

the buffers

Do not accept packet into buffer if

packet fails ldquodiscard testrdquo

Typically works best in tandem with

TCP

Take advantage of TCP retransmission

mechanism by randomly dropping

packets

Reduce chance of tail drop

Minimize chance of global

synchronization

Common schemes

RED (Random Early Detection)

Stochastically drop packets as

congestion begins to increase

WRED (Weighted Random Early

Detection)

Combine stochastic dropping of

packets with IP Precedence

Implemented by two different

algorithms

Average queue size computation

Packet drop probability

19Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling - Common queueing disciplines

Scheduling algorithms are

important components in the

provision of guaranteed quality

of service parameters such as

delay delay jitter packet loss

rate or throughput

Scheduling Schemes

FIFO (First In First Out)

PQ (Priority Queuing)

WRR (Weighted Round Robin) variants

FQ (Fair Queuing)

Equal weight given to each queue

WFQ (Weighted Fair Queuing)

Variable weight given to each queue

Approximate when packet sizes disparate

Implemented in software

CQ (Custom Queuing)

CBWFQ (Class Based Weighted Fair Queuing)

WFQ where packets are classified into queues

DRR (Deficit Round Robin)

More exact weight given to each queue

20Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling ndash WFQ Principles

Operational basics

Divide traffic into various queues

Assign a weight (portion of bandwidth) to each queue

Serve each queue according to its weight (in essence desired percentage of

output port bandwidth for the queue)

Each class is ldquoguaranteedrdquo a minimum share of output forwarding capacity

Note that the queues are not in a priority order ndash which means each queue

sees the full server for a fraction of the total time

Allows for configuration of multiple levels of sharing hierarchy

LLQ (Low Latency Queue)

Strict priority queue within CBWFQ paradigm

21Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Putting the Pieces Togetherhellip

Classifier Selects packets based on portions of packet header

Marker MarksRemarks the packet header based on traffic class

Meter Checks compliance to traffic profile and passes result to Marker and ShaperDropper

Shaper Allows for delaying of packets in buffer to enforce compliance with traffic profile

Dropper Drops traffic that does not conform with traffic profile

Congestion Avoidance Checks buffer levels and stochastically drops packets

Scheduler Allows for differential queueing and servicing of packets

22Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scope of IP QoS

From a TCPIP perspective hellip

23Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

IP Datagram Lifecycle under QoS

24Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

NETWORK ARCHITECTURE

INTSRV AND DIFFSRV

APPROACHES

25Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Architecture for providing QoS guarantees in IP networks

for individual application sessions

Assumptions

resource must be explicitly managed in order to meet the requirements of

real-time applications

resource reservation routers maintain state info of allocated

resources QoS reqrsquos

26Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Steps

Application requests its required resource

The network uses a routing protocol to find a path based on the requested

resources

Reservation protocol (RSVP) is used to install the reservation state along

that path

At each hop admission control checks whether sufficient resources are

available to accept the new reservation

After reservation the application can start to send traffic over the path for

which it has exclusive use of the resources

27Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Two services level

guaranteed (delay) service

controlled load service

28Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Service Models

Guaranteed service model

provides deterministic worst case delay bound through strict

admission control and fair queuing scheduling

designed for applications that require absolute guarantees on

delay

controlled load service model

provides a less firm guarantee

a service that is close to a lightly loaded best-effort network

29Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS30

Intserv QoS guarantee scenario

Resource reservation

call setup signaling (RSVP)

traffic QoS declaration

per-element admission control

QoS-sensitive scheduling

(eg WFQ)

request

reply

Signaling

A flow needs performance guarantee must

declare its QoS requirement

R-spec defines the QoS being requested characterize traffic it will

send into network

T-spec defines traffic characteristics

signaling protocol needed to carry R-spec and T-spec to routers (where

reservation is required)

31Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

connectionless

(stateless) forwarding

by IP routers

best effort

service

no network

signaling protocols

in initial IP design+ =

RSVP Protocol

RSVP (Resource Reservation Protocol) [RFC 2205]

Protocol used for control signals

Transmitting applications use RSVP to describe data traffic characteristics

Receiving applications use RSVP to describe their QoS requirements

Network Elements use RSVP to deliver QoS requests to other network elements

Reservation setup mechanism

Dynamic Applications can dynamically reserve and free network bandwidth

Simplex reservation setup Each side of a connection requiring bandwidth guarantee

must perform a separate reservation procedure

Hop-by-hopreservation style Every RSVP-aware hop benefits from the RSVP messages

traversing a flow ndash end-to-end guarantee not possible if some intermediate elements do

not support RSVP

Different reservation styles for unicast and multicast traffic

32Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking33

RSVP Design Goals

Accommodate heterogeneous receivers (different bandwidth along paths)

Accommodate different applications with different resource requirements

Make multicast a first class service with adaptation to multicast group membership

Leverage existing multicastunicast routing with adaptation to changes in underlying unicast multicast routes

Control protocol overhead to grow (at worst) linear in receivers

Modular design for heterogeneous underlying technologies

7 Multimedia Networking34

RSVP does nothellip

bull specify how resources are to be reserved

bull rather a mechanism for communicating needs

bull determine routes packets will take

bull thatrsquos the job of routing protocols

bull signaling decoupled from routing

bull interact with forwarding of packets

bull separation of control (signaling) and data (forwarding)

planes

7 Multimedia Networking35

RSVP overview of operation

senders receiver join a multicast group

done outside of RSVP

senders need not join group

sender-to-network signaling

path message make sender presence known to routers

path teardown delete senderrsquos path state from routers

receiver-to-network signaling

reservation message reserve resources from sender(s) to receiver

reservation teardown remove receiver reservations

network-to-end-system signaling

path error

reservation error

RSVP Usage Options

36Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking37

RSVP simple audio conference

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 both senders and receivers

multicast group m1

no filtering packets from any sender forwarded

audio rate b

only one multicast routing tree possible

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 14: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

QoS14

Principles for QOS Guarantees (more)

Cannot support traffic beyond link capacity

Two phone calls each requests 1 Mbps

PRINCIPLE 4 Need a Call Admission Process application flow

declares its needs network may block call if it cannot satisfy the needs

Basic Functional Blocks of QoS

Call Admission Resource Allocation

SLA (Service Level Agreement)

Advertisement of required bandwidth by user to the network

Provisioning of bandwidth by network for user

Flow Classification

Ability of the network to identify incoming packets (flows) and assign them a pre-defined level of

service

Policing and Shaping

Ability of the network to monitor flows to ensure conformance to advertised traffic characteristics and

provisioned resources

Congestion Avoidance Mechanisms

Ability to monitor buffer utilization levels and regulate flow rates to alleviate congestion on network

links

Scheduling Mechanisms

Queuing mechanisms to provision differing levels of service

15Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Call Admission

Control Plane

Signal the network on type of connection and QoS requirements

Network is responsible for pro-active Bandwidth Management

Establishing the route of the connection

Reserving enough resources to meet QoS requirements

Stochastic reservation

Virtual pipes

Rejecting a call if it does not have enough

resources to meet the call

1048707 Examples

ATM

IntServ (RSVP)

MPLS

16Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Flow Classification

Need a method to identify packetscells in order to provide differential treatment

Examples of Classification Criteria

VC number

MPLS Label

Type of Service

Protocol

Address

Source IP Address

Destination IP Address

Port Number

Source port

Destination port

Incoming interface

DSCP (DiffServ Code Point)

17Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Policing and Shaping

Effect of Policing

Effect of Shaping

18Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Congestion Avoidance

Not congestion management

Monitor traffic loads at egress

network interfaces in order to

anticipate and avoid congestion in

the buffers

Do not accept packet into buffer if

packet fails ldquodiscard testrdquo

Typically works best in tandem with

TCP

Take advantage of TCP retransmission

mechanism by randomly dropping

packets

Reduce chance of tail drop

Minimize chance of global

synchronization

Common schemes

RED (Random Early Detection)

Stochastically drop packets as

congestion begins to increase

WRED (Weighted Random Early

Detection)

Combine stochastic dropping of

packets with IP Precedence

Implemented by two different

algorithms

Average queue size computation

Packet drop probability

19Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling - Common queueing disciplines

Scheduling algorithms are

important components in the

provision of guaranteed quality

of service parameters such as

delay delay jitter packet loss

rate or throughput

Scheduling Schemes

FIFO (First In First Out)

PQ (Priority Queuing)

WRR (Weighted Round Robin) variants

FQ (Fair Queuing)

Equal weight given to each queue

WFQ (Weighted Fair Queuing)

Variable weight given to each queue

Approximate when packet sizes disparate

Implemented in software

CQ (Custom Queuing)

CBWFQ (Class Based Weighted Fair Queuing)

WFQ where packets are classified into queues

DRR (Deficit Round Robin)

More exact weight given to each queue

20Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling ndash WFQ Principles

Operational basics

Divide traffic into various queues

Assign a weight (portion of bandwidth) to each queue

Serve each queue according to its weight (in essence desired percentage of

output port bandwidth for the queue)

Each class is ldquoguaranteedrdquo a minimum share of output forwarding capacity

Note that the queues are not in a priority order ndash which means each queue

sees the full server for a fraction of the total time

Allows for configuration of multiple levels of sharing hierarchy

LLQ (Low Latency Queue)

Strict priority queue within CBWFQ paradigm

21Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Putting the Pieces Togetherhellip

Classifier Selects packets based on portions of packet header

Marker MarksRemarks the packet header based on traffic class

Meter Checks compliance to traffic profile and passes result to Marker and ShaperDropper

Shaper Allows for delaying of packets in buffer to enforce compliance with traffic profile

Dropper Drops traffic that does not conform with traffic profile

Congestion Avoidance Checks buffer levels and stochastically drops packets

Scheduler Allows for differential queueing and servicing of packets

22Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scope of IP QoS

From a TCPIP perspective hellip

23Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

IP Datagram Lifecycle under QoS

24Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

NETWORK ARCHITECTURE

INTSRV AND DIFFSRV

APPROACHES

25Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Architecture for providing QoS guarantees in IP networks

for individual application sessions

Assumptions

resource must be explicitly managed in order to meet the requirements of

real-time applications

resource reservation routers maintain state info of allocated

resources QoS reqrsquos

26Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Steps

Application requests its required resource

The network uses a routing protocol to find a path based on the requested

resources

Reservation protocol (RSVP) is used to install the reservation state along

that path

At each hop admission control checks whether sufficient resources are

available to accept the new reservation

After reservation the application can start to send traffic over the path for

which it has exclusive use of the resources

27Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Two services level

guaranteed (delay) service

controlled load service

28Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Service Models

Guaranteed service model

provides deterministic worst case delay bound through strict

admission control and fair queuing scheduling

designed for applications that require absolute guarantees on

delay

controlled load service model

provides a less firm guarantee

a service that is close to a lightly loaded best-effort network

29Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS30

Intserv QoS guarantee scenario

Resource reservation

call setup signaling (RSVP)

traffic QoS declaration

per-element admission control

QoS-sensitive scheduling

(eg WFQ)

request

reply

Signaling

A flow needs performance guarantee must

declare its QoS requirement

R-spec defines the QoS being requested characterize traffic it will

send into network

T-spec defines traffic characteristics

signaling protocol needed to carry R-spec and T-spec to routers (where

reservation is required)

31Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

connectionless

(stateless) forwarding

by IP routers

best effort

service

no network

signaling protocols

in initial IP design+ =

RSVP Protocol

RSVP (Resource Reservation Protocol) [RFC 2205]

Protocol used for control signals

Transmitting applications use RSVP to describe data traffic characteristics

Receiving applications use RSVP to describe their QoS requirements

Network Elements use RSVP to deliver QoS requests to other network elements

Reservation setup mechanism

Dynamic Applications can dynamically reserve and free network bandwidth

Simplex reservation setup Each side of a connection requiring bandwidth guarantee

must perform a separate reservation procedure

Hop-by-hopreservation style Every RSVP-aware hop benefits from the RSVP messages

traversing a flow ndash end-to-end guarantee not possible if some intermediate elements do

not support RSVP

Different reservation styles for unicast and multicast traffic

32Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking33

RSVP Design Goals

Accommodate heterogeneous receivers (different bandwidth along paths)

Accommodate different applications with different resource requirements

Make multicast a first class service with adaptation to multicast group membership

Leverage existing multicastunicast routing with adaptation to changes in underlying unicast multicast routes

Control protocol overhead to grow (at worst) linear in receivers

Modular design for heterogeneous underlying technologies

7 Multimedia Networking34

RSVP does nothellip

bull specify how resources are to be reserved

bull rather a mechanism for communicating needs

bull determine routes packets will take

bull thatrsquos the job of routing protocols

bull signaling decoupled from routing

bull interact with forwarding of packets

bull separation of control (signaling) and data (forwarding)

planes

7 Multimedia Networking35

RSVP overview of operation

senders receiver join a multicast group

done outside of RSVP

senders need not join group

sender-to-network signaling

path message make sender presence known to routers

path teardown delete senderrsquos path state from routers

receiver-to-network signaling

reservation message reserve resources from sender(s) to receiver

reservation teardown remove receiver reservations

network-to-end-system signaling

path error

reservation error

RSVP Usage Options

36Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking37

RSVP simple audio conference

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 both senders and receivers

multicast group m1

no filtering packets from any sender forwarded

audio rate b

only one multicast routing tree possible

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 15: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

Basic Functional Blocks of QoS

Call Admission Resource Allocation

SLA (Service Level Agreement)

Advertisement of required bandwidth by user to the network

Provisioning of bandwidth by network for user

Flow Classification

Ability of the network to identify incoming packets (flows) and assign them a pre-defined level of

service

Policing and Shaping

Ability of the network to monitor flows to ensure conformance to advertised traffic characteristics and

provisioned resources

Congestion Avoidance Mechanisms

Ability to monitor buffer utilization levels and regulate flow rates to alleviate congestion on network

links

Scheduling Mechanisms

Queuing mechanisms to provision differing levels of service

15Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Call Admission

Control Plane

Signal the network on type of connection and QoS requirements

Network is responsible for pro-active Bandwidth Management

Establishing the route of the connection

Reserving enough resources to meet QoS requirements

Stochastic reservation

Virtual pipes

Rejecting a call if it does not have enough

resources to meet the call

1048707 Examples

ATM

IntServ (RSVP)

MPLS

16Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Flow Classification

Need a method to identify packetscells in order to provide differential treatment

Examples of Classification Criteria

VC number

MPLS Label

Type of Service

Protocol

Address

Source IP Address

Destination IP Address

Port Number

Source port

Destination port

Incoming interface

DSCP (DiffServ Code Point)

17Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Policing and Shaping

Effect of Policing

Effect of Shaping

18Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Congestion Avoidance

Not congestion management

Monitor traffic loads at egress

network interfaces in order to

anticipate and avoid congestion in

the buffers

Do not accept packet into buffer if

packet fails ldquodiscard testrdquo

Typically works best in tandem with

TCP

Take advantage of TCP retransmission

mechanism by randomly dropping

packets

Reduce chance of tail drop

Minimize chance of global

synchronization

Common schemes

RED (Random Early Detection)

Stochastically drop packets as

congestion begins to increase

WRED (Weighted Random Early

Detection)

Combine stochastic dropping of

packets with IP Precedence

Implemented by two different

algorithms

Average queue size computation

Packet drop probability

19Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling - Common queueing disciplines

Scheduling algorithms are

important components in the

provision of guaranteed quality

of service parameters such as

delay delay jitter packet loss

rate or throughput

Scheduling Schemes

FIFO (First In First Out)

PQ (Priority Queuing)

WRR (Weighted Round Robin) variants

FQ (Fair Queuing)

Equal weight given to each queue

WFQ (Weighted Fair Queuing)

Variable weight given to each queue

Approximate when packet sizes disparate

Implemented in software

CQ (Custom Queuing)

CBWFQ (Class Based Weighted Fair Queuing)

WFQ where packets are classified into queues

DRR (Deficit Round Robin)

More exact weight given to each queue

20Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling ndash WFQ Principles

Operational basics

Divide traffic into various queues

Assign a weight (portion of bandwidth) to each queue

Serve each queue according to its weight (in essence desired percentage of

output port bandwidth for the queue)

Each class is ldquoguaranteedrdquo a minimum share of output forwarding capacity

Note that the queues are not in a priority order ndash which means each queue

sees the full server for a fraction of the total time

Allows for configuration of multiple levels of sharing hierarchy

LLQ (Low Latency Queue)

Strict priority queue within CBWFQ paradigm

21Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Putting the Pieces Togetherhellip

Classifier Selects packets based on portions of packet header

Marker MarksRemarks the packet header based on traffic class

Meter Checks compliance to traffic profile and passes result to Marker and ShaperDropper

Shaper Allows for delaying of packets in buffer to enforce compliance with traffic profile

Dropper Drops traffic that does not conform with traffic profile

Congestion Avoidance Checks buffer levels and stochastically drops packets

Scheduler Allows for differential queueing and servicing of packets

22Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scope of IP QoS

From a TCPIP perspective hellip

23Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

IP Datagram Lifecycle under QoS

24Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

NETWORK ARCHITECTURE

INTSRV AND DIFFSRV

APPROACHES

25Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Architecture for providing QoS guarantees in IP networks

for individual application sessions

Assumptions

resource must be explicitly managed in order to meet the requirements of

real-time applications

resource reservation routers maintain state info of allocated

resources QoS reqrsquos

26Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Steps

Application requests its required resource

The network uses a routing protocol to find a path based on the requested

resources

Reservation protocol (RSVP) is used to install the reservation state along

that path

At each hop admission control checks whether sufficient resources are

available to accept the new reservation

After reservation the application can start to send traffic over the path for

which it has exclusive use of the resources

27Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Two services level

guaranteed (delay) service

controlled load service

28Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Service Models

Guaranteed service model

provides deterministic worst case delay bound through strict

admission control and fair queuing scheduling

designed for applications that require absolute guarantees on

delay

controlled load service model

provides a less firm guarantee

a service that is close to a lightly loaded best-effort network

29Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS30

Intserv QoS guarantee scenario

Resource reservation

call setup signaling (RSVP)

traffic QoS declaration

per-element admission control

QoS-sensitive scheduling

(eg WFQ)

request

reply

Signaling

A flow needs performance guarantee must

declare its QoS requirement

R-spec defines the QoS being requested characterize traffic it will

send into network

T-spec defines traffic characteristics

signaling protocol needed to carry R-spec and T-spec to routers (where

reservation is required)

31Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

connectionless

(stateless) forwarding

by IP routers

best effort

service

no network

signaling protocols

in initial IP design+ =

RSVP Protocol

RSVP (Resource Reservation Protocol) [RFC 2205]

Protocol used for control signals

Transmitting applications use RSVP to describe data traffic characteristics

Receiving applications use RSVP to describe their QoS requirements

Network Elements use RSVP to deliver QoS requests to other network elements

Reservation setup mechanism

Dynamic Applications can dynamically reserve and free network bandwidth

Simplex reservation setup Each side of a connection requiring bandwidth guarantee

must perform a separate reservation procedure

Hop-by-hopreservation style Every RSVP-aware hop benefits from the RSVP messages

traversing a flow ndash end-to-end guarantee not possible if some intermediate elements do

not support RSVP

Different reservation styles for unicast and multicast traffic

32Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking33

RSVP Design Goals

Accommodate heterogeneous receivers (different bandwidth along paths)

Accommodate different applications with different resource requirements

Make multicast a first class service with adaptation to multicast group membership

Leverage existing multicastunicast routing with adaptation to changes in underlying unicast multicast routes

Control protocol overhead to grow (at worst) linear in receivers

Modular design for heterogeneous underlying technologies

7 Multimedia Networking34

RSVP does nothellip

bull specify how resources are to be reserved

bull rather a mechanism for communicating needs

bull determine routes packets will take

bull thatrsquos the job of routing protocols

bull signaling decoupled from routing

bull interact with forwarding of packets

bull separation of control (signaling) and data (forwarding)

planes

7 Multimedia Networking35

RSVP overview of operation

senders receiver join a multicast group

done outside of RSVP

senders need not join group

sender-to-network signaling

path message make sender presence known to routers

path teardown delete senderrsquos path state from routers

receiver-to-network signaling

reservation message reserve resources from sender(s) to receiver

reservation teardown remove receiver reservations

network-to-end-system signaling

path error

reservation error

RSVP Usage Options

36Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking37

RSVP simple audio conference

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 both senders and receivers

multicast group m1

no filtering packets from any sender forwarded

audio rate b

only one multicast routing tree possible

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 16: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

Call Admission

Control Plane

Signal the network on type of connection and QoS requirements

Network is responsible for pro-active Bandwidth Management

Establishing the route of the connection

Reserving enough resources to meet QoS requirements

Stochastic reservation

Virtual pipes

Rejecting a call if it does not have enough

resources to meet the call

1048707 Examples

ATM

IntServ (RSVP)

MPLS

16Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Flow Classification

Need a method to identify packetscells in order to provide differential treatment

Examples of Classification Criteria

VC number

MPLS Label

Type of Service

Protocol

Address

Source IP Address

Destination IP Address

Port Number

Source port

Destination port

Incoming interface

DSCP (DiffServ Code Point)

17Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Policing and Shaping

Effect of Policing

Effect of Shaping

18Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Congestion Avoidance

Not congestion management

Monitor traffic loads at egress

network interfaces in order to

anticipate and avoid congestion in

the buffers

Do not accept packet into buffer if

packet fails ldquodiscard testrdquo

Typically works best in tandem with

TCP

Take advantage of TCP retransmission

mechanism by randomly dropping

packets

Reduce chance of tail drop

Minimize chance of global

synchronization

Common schemes

RED (Random Early Detection)

Stochastically drop packets as

congestion begins to increase

WRED (Weighted Random Early

Detection)

Combine stochastic dropping of

packets with IP Precedence

Implemented by two different

algorithms

Average queue size computation

Packet drop probability

19Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling - Common queueing disciplines

Scheduling algorithms are

important components in the

provision of guaranteed quality

of service parameters such as

delay delay jitter packet loss

rate or throughput

Scheduling Schemes

FIFO (First In First Out)

PQ (Priority Queuing)

WRR (Weighted Round Robin) variants

FQ (Fair Queuing)

Equal weight given to each queue

WFQ (Weighted Fair Queuing)

Variable weight given to each queue

Approximate when packet sizes disparate

Implemented in software

CQ (Custom Queuing)

CBWFQ (Class Based Weighted Fair Queuing)

WFQ where packets are classified into queues

DRR (Deficit Round Robin)

More exact weight given to each queue

20Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling ndash WFQ Principles

Operational basics

Divide traffic into various queues

Assign a weight (portion of bandwidth) to each queue

Serve each queue according to its weight (in essence desired percentage of

output port bandwidth for the queue)

Each class is ldquoguaranteedrdquo a minimum share of output forwarding capacity

Note that the queues are not in a priority order ndash which means each queue

sees the full server for a fraction of the total time

Allows for configuration of multiple levels of sharing hierarchy

LLQ (Low Latency Queue)

Strict priority queue within CBWFQ paradigm

21Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Putting the Pieces Togetherhellip

Classifier Selects packets based on portions of packet header

Marker MarksRemarks the packet header based on traffic class

Meter Checks compliance to traffic profile and passes result to Marker and ShaperDropper

Shaper Allows for delaying of packets in buffer to enforce compliance with traffic profile

Dropper Drops traffic that does not conform with traffic profile

Congestion Avoidance Checks buffer levels and stochastically drops packets

Scheduler Allows for differential queueing and servicing of packets

22Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scope of IP QoS

From a TCPIP perspective hellip

23Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

IP Datagram Lifecycle under QoS

24Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

NETWORK ARCHITECTURE

INTSRV AND DIFFSRV

APPROACHES

25Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Architecture for providing QoS guarantees in IP networks

for individual application sessions

Assumptions

resource must be explicitly managed in order to meet the requirements of

real-time applications

resource reservation routers maintain state info of allocated

resources QoS reqrsquos

26Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Steps

Application requests its required resource

The network uses a routing protocol to find a path based on the requested

resources

Reservation protocol (RSVP) is used to install the reservation state along

that path

At each hop admission control checks whether sufficient resources are

available to accept the new reservation

After reservation the application can start to send traffic over the path for

which it has exclusive use of the resources

27Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Two services level

guaranteed (delay) service

controlled load service

28Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Service Models

Guaranteed service model

provides deterministic worst case delay bound through strict

admission control and fair queuing scheduling

designed for applications that require absolute guarantees on

delay

controlled load service model

provides a less firm guarantee

a service that is close to a lightly loaded best-effort network

29Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS30

Intserv QoS guarantee scenario

Resource reservation

call setup signaling (RSVP)

traffic QoS declaration

per-element admission control

QoS-sensitive scheduling

(eg WFQ)

request

reply

Signaling

A flow needs performance guarantee must

declare its QoS requirement

R-spec defines the QoS being requested characterize traffic it will

send into network

T-spec defines traffic characteristics

signaling protocol needed to carry R-spec and T-spec to routers (where

reservation is required)

31Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

connectionless

(stateless) forwarding

by IP routers

best effort

service

no network

signaling protocols

in initial IP design+ =

RSVP Protocol

RSVP (Resource Reservation Protocol) [RFC 2205]

Protocol used for control signals

Transmitting applications use RSVP to describe data traffic characteristics

Receiving applications use RSVP to describe their QoS requirements

Network Elements use RSVP to deliver QoS requests to other network elements

Reservation setup mechanism

Dynamic Applications can dynamically reserve and free network bandwidth

Simplex reservation setup Each side of a connection requiring bandwidth guarantee

must perform a separate reservation procedure

Hop-by-hopreservation style Every RSVP-aware hop benefits from the RSVP messages

traversing a flow ndash end-to-end guarantee not possible if some intermediate elements do

not support RSVP

Different reservation styles for unicast and multicast traffic

32Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking33

RSVP Design Goals

Accommodate heterogeneous receivers (different bandwidth along paths)

Accommodate different applications with different resource requirements

Make multicast a first class service with adaptation to multicast group membership

Leverage existing multicastunicast routing with adaptation to changes in underlying unicast multicast routes

Control protocol overhead to grow (at worst) linear in receivers

Modular design for heterogeneous underlying technologies

7 Multimedia Networking34

RSVP does nothellip

bull specify how resources are to be reserved

bull rather a mechanism for communicating needs

bull determine routes packets will take

bull thatrsquos the job of routing protocols

bull signaling decoupled from routing

bull interact with forwarding of packets

bull separation of control (signaling) and data (forwarding)

planes

7 Multimedia Networking35

RSVP overview of operation

senders receiver join a multicast group

done outside of RSVP

senders need not join group

sender-to-network signaling

path message make sender presence known to routers

path teardown delete senderrsquos path state from routers

receiver-to-network signaling

reservation message reserve resources from sender(s) to receiver

reservation teardown remove receiver reservations

network-to-end-system signaling

path error

reservation error

RSVP Usage Options

36Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking37

RSVP simple audio conference

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 both senders and receivers

multicast group m1

no filtering packets from any sender forwarded

audio rate b

only one multicast routing tree possible

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 17: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

Flow Classification

Need a method to identify packetscells in order to provide differential treatment

Examples of Classification Criteria

VC number

MPLS Label

Type of Service

Protocol

Address

Source IP Address

Destination IP Address

Port Number

Source port

Destination port

Incoming interface

DSCP (DiffServ Code Point)

17Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Policing and Shaping

Effect of Policing

Effect of Shaping

18Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Congestion Avoidance

Not congestion management

Monitor traffic loads at egress

network interfaces in order to

anticipate and avoid congestion in

the buffers

Do not accept packet into buffer if

packet fails ldquodiscard testrdquo

Typically works best in tandem with

TCP

Take advantage of TCP retransmission

mechanism by randomly dropping

packets

Reduce chance of tail drop

Minimize chance of global

synchronization

Common schemes

RED (Random Early Detection)

Stochastically drop packets as

congestion begins to increase

WRED (Weighted Random Early

Detection)

Combine stochastic dropping of

packets with IP Precedence

Implemented by two different

algorithms

Average queue size computation

Packet drop probability

19Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling - Common queueing disciplines

Scheduling algorithms are

important components in the

provision of guaranteed quality

of service parameters such as

delay delay jitter packet loss

rate or throughput

Scheduling Schemes

FIFO (First In First Out)

PQ (Priority Queuing)

WRR (Weighted Round Robin) variants

FQ (Fair Queuing)

Equal weight given to each queue

WFQ (Weighted Fair Queuing)

Variable weight given to each queue

Approximate when packet sizes disparate

Implemented in software

CQ (Custom Queuing)

CBWFQ (Class Based Weighted Fair Queuing)

WFQ where packets are classified into queues

DRR (Deficit Round Robin)

More exact weight given to each queue

20Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling ndash WFQ Principles

Operational basics

Divide traffic into various queues

Assign a weight (portion of bandwidth) to each queue

Serve each queue according to its weight (in essence desired percentage of

output port bandwidth for the queue)

Each class is ldquoguaranteedrdquo a minimum share of output forwarding capacity

Note that the queues are not in a priority order ndash which means each queue

sees the full server for a fraction of the total time

Allows for configuration of multiple levels of sharing hierarchy

LLQ (Low Latency Queue)

Strict priority queue within CBWFQ paradigm

21Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Putting the Pieces Togetherhellip

Classifier Selects packets based on portions of packet header

Marker MarksRemarks the packet header based on traffic class

Meter Checks compliance to traffic profile and passes result to Marker and ShaperDropper

Shaper Allows for delaying of packets in buffer to enforce compliance with traffic profile

Dropper Drops traffic that does not conform with traffic profile

Congestion Avoidance Checks buffer levels and stochastically drops packets

Scheduler Allows for differential queueing and servicing of packets

22Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scope of IP QoS

From a TCPIP perspective hellip

23Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

IP Datagram Lifecycle under QoS

24Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

NETWORK ARCHITECTURE

INTSRV AND DIFFSRV

APPROACHES

25Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Architecture for providing QoS guarantees in IP networks

for individual application sessions

Assumptions

resource must be explicitly managed in order to meet the requirements of

real-time applications

resource reservation routers maintain state info of allocated

resources QoS reqrsquos

26Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Steps

Application requests its required resource

The network uses a routing protocol to find a path based on the requested

resources

Reservation protocol (RSVP) is used to install the reservation state along

that path

At each hop admission control checks whether sufficient resources are

available to accept the new reservation

After reservation the application can start to send traffic over the path for

which it has exclusive use of the resources

27Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Two services level

guaranteed (delay) service

controlled load service

28Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Service Models

Guaranteed service model

provides deterministic worst case delay bound through strict

admission control and fair queuing scheduling

designed for applications that require absolute guarantees on

delay

controlled load service model

provides a less firm guarantee

a service that is close to a lightly loaded best-effort network

29Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS30

Intserv QoS guarantee scenario

Resource reservation

call setup signaling (RSVP)

traffic QoS declaration

per-element admission control

QoS-sensitive scheduling

(eg WFQ)

request

reply

Signaling

A flow needs performance guarantee must

declare its QoS requirement

R-spec defines the QoS being requested characterize traffic it will

send into network

T-spec defines traffic characteristics

signaling protocol needed to carry R-spec and T-spec to routers (where

reservation is required)

31Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

connectionless

(stateless) forwarding

by IP routers

best effort

service

no network

signaling protocols

in initial IP design+ =

RSVP Protocol

RSVP (Resource Reservation Protocol) [RFC 2205]

Protocol used for control signals

Transmitting applications use RSVP to describe data traffic characteristics

Receiving applications use RSVP to describe their QoS requirements

Network Elements use RSVP to deliver QoS requests to other network elements

Reservation setup mechanism

Dynamic Applications can dynamically reserve and free network bandwidth

Simplex reservation setup Each side of a connection requiring bandwidth guarantee

must perform a separate reservation procedure

Hop-by-hopreservation style Every RSVP-aware hop benefits from the RSVP messages

traversing a flow ndash end-to-end guarantee not possible if some intermediate elements do

not support RSVP

Different reservation styles for unicast and multicast traffic

32Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking33

RSVP Design Goals

Accommodate heterogeneous receivers (different bandwidth along paths)

Accommodate different applications with different resource requirements

Make multicast a first class service with adaptation to multicast group membership

Leverage existing multicastunicast routing with adaptation to changes in underlying unicast multicast routes

Control protocol overhead to grow (at worst) linear in receivers

Modular design for heterogeneous underlying technologies

7 Multimedia Networking34

RSVP does nothellip

bull specify how resources are to be reserved

bull rather a mechanism for communicating needs

bull determine routes packets will take

bull thatrsquos the job of routing protocols

bull signaling decoupled from routing

bull interact with forwarding of packets

bull separation of control (signaling) and data (forwarding)

planes

7 Multimedia Networking35

RSVP overview of operation

senders receiver join a multicast group

done outside of RSVP

senders need not join group

sender-to-network signaling

path message make sender presence known to routers

path teardown delete senderrsquos path state from routers

receiver-to-network signaling

reservation message reserve resources from sender(s) to receiver

reservation teardown remove receiver reservations

network-to-end-system signaling

path error

reservation error

RSVP Usage Options

36Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking37

RSVP simple audio conference

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 both senders and receivers

multicast group m1

no filtering packets from any sender forwarded

audio rate b

only one multicast routing tree possible

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 18: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

Policing and Shaping

Effect of Policing

Effect of Shaping

18Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Congestion Avoidance

Not congestion management

Monitor traffic loads at egress

network interfaces in order to

anticipate and avoid congestion in

the buffers

Do not accept packet into buffer if

packet fails ldquodiscard testrdquo

Typically works best in tandem with

TCP

Take advantage of TCP retransmission

mechanism by randomly dropping

packets

Reduce chance of tail drop

Minimize chance of global

synchronization

Common schemes

RED (Random Early Detection)

Stochastically drop packets as

congestion begins to increase

WRED (Weighted Random Early

Detection)

Combine stochastic dropping of

packets with IP Precedence

Implemented by two different

algorithms

Average queue size computation

Packet drop probability

19Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling - Common queueing disciplines

Scheduling algorithms are

important components in the

provision of guaranteed quality

of service parameters such as

delay delay jitter packet loss

rate or throughput

Scheduling Schemes

FIFO (First In First Out)

PQ (Priority Queuing)

WRR (Weighted Round Robin) variants

FQ (Fair Queuing)

Equal weight given to each queue

WFQ (Weighted Fair Queuing)

Variable weight given to each queue

Approximate when packet sizes disparate

Implemented in software

CQ (Custom Queuing)

CBWFQ (Class Based Weighted Fair Queuing)

WFQ where packets are classified into queues

DRR (Deficit Round Robin)

More exact weight given to each queue

20Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling ndash WFQ Principles

Operational basics

Divide traffic into various queues

Assign a weight (portion of bandwidth) to each queue

Serve each queue according to its weight (in essence desired percentage of

output port bandwidth for the queue)

Each class is ldquoguaranteedrdquo a minimum share of output forwarding capacity

Note that the queues are not in a priority order ndash which means each queue

sees the full server for a fraction of the total time

Allows for configuration of multiple levels of sharing hierarchy

LLQ (Low Latency Queue)

Strict priority queue within CBWFQ paradigm

21Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Putting the Pieces Togetherhellip

Classifier Selects packets based on portions of packet header

Marker MarksRemarks the packet header based on traffic class

Meter Checks compliance to traffic profile and passes result to Marker and ShaperDropper

Shaper Allows for delaying of packets in buffer to enforce compliance with traffic profile

Dropper Drops traffic that does not conform with traffic profile

Congestion Avoidance Checks buffer levels and stochastically drops packets

Scheduler Allows for differential queueing and servicing of packets

22Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scope of IP QoS

From a TCPIP perspective hellip

23Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

IP Datagram Lifecycle under QoS

24Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

NETWORK ARCHITECTURE

INTSRV AND DIFFSRV

APPROACHES

25Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Architecture for providing QoS guarantees in IP networks

for individual application sessions

Assumptions

resource must be explicitly managed in order to meet the requirements of

real-time applications

resource reservation routers maintain state info of allocated

resources QoS reqrsquos

26Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Steps

Application requests its required resource

The network uses a routing protocol to find a path based on the requested

resources

Reservation protocol (RSVP) is used to install the reservation state along

that path

At each hop admission control checks whether sufficient resources are

available to accept the new reservation

After reservation the application can start to send traffic over the path for

which it has exclusive use of the resources

27Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Two services level

guaranteed (delay) service

controlled load service

28Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Service Models

Guaranteed service model

provides deterministic worst case delay bound through strict

admission control and fair queuing scheduling

designed for applications that require absolute guarantees on

delay

controlled load service model

provides a less firm guarantee

a service that is close to a lightly loaded best-effort network

29Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS30

Intserv QoS guarantee scenario

Resource reservation

call setup signaling (RSVP)

traffic QoS declaration

per-element admission control

QoS-sensitive scheduling

(eg WFQ)

request

reply

Signaling

A flow needs performance guarantee must

declare its QoS requirement

R-spec defines the QoS being requested characterize traffic it will

send into network

T-spec defines traffic characteristics

signaling protocol needed to carry R-spec and T-spec to routers (where

reservation is required)

31Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

connectionless

(stateless) forwarding

by IP routers

best effort

service

no network

signaling protocols

in initial IP design+ =

RSVP Protocol

RSVP (Resource Reservation Protocol) [RFC 2205]

Protocol used for control signals

Transmitting applications use RSVP to describe data traffic characteristics

Receiving applications use RSVP to describe their QoS requirements

Network Elements use RSVP to deliver QoS requests to other network elements

Reservation setup mechanism

Dynamic Applications can dynamically reserve and free network bandwidth

Simplex reservation setup Each side of a connection requiring bandwidth guarantee

must perform a separate reservation procedure

Hop-by-hopreservation style Every RSVP-aware hop benefits from the RSVP messages

traversing a flow ndash end-to-end guarantee not possible if some intermediate elements do

not support RSVP

Different reservation styles for unicast and multicast traffic

32Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking33

RSVP Design Goals

Accommodate heterogeneous receivers (different bandwidth along paths)

Accommodate different applications with different resource requirements

Make multicast a first class service with adaptation to multicast group membership

Leverage existing multicastunicast routing with adaptation to changes in underlying unicast multicast routes

Control protocol overhead to grow (at worst) linear in receivers

Modular design for heterogeneous underlying technologies

7 Multimedia Networking34

RSVP does nothellip

bull specify how resources are to be reserved

bull rather a mechanism for communicating needs

bull determine routes packets will take

bull thatrsquos the job of routing protocols

bull signaling decoupled from routing

bull interact with forwarding of packets

bull separation of control (signaling) and data (forwarding)

planes

7 Multimedia Networking35

RSVP overview of operation

senders receiver join a multicast group

done outside of RSVP

senders need not join group

sender-to-network signaling

path message make sender presence known to routers

path teardown delete senderrsquos path state from routers

receiver-to-network signaling

reservation message reserve resources from sender(s) to receiver

reservation teardown remove receiver reservations

network-to-end-system signaling

path error

reservation error

RSVP Usage Options

36Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking37

RSVP simple audio conference

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 both senders and receivers

multicast group m1

no filtering packets from any sender forwarded

audio rate b

only one multicast routing tree possible

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 19: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

Congestion Avoidance

Not congestion management

Monitor traffic loads at egress

network interfaces in order to

anticipate and avoid congestion in

the buffers

Do not accept packet into buffer if

packet fails ldquodiscard testrdquo

Typically works best in tandem with

TCP

Take advantage of TCP retransmission

mechanism by randomly dropping

packets

Reduce chance of tail drop

Minimize chance of global

synchronization

Common schemes

RED (Random Early Detection)

Stochastically drop packets as

congestion begins to increase

WRED (Weighted Random Early

Detection)

Combine stochastic dropping of

packets with IP Precedence

Implemented by two different

algorithms

Average queue size computation

Packet drop probability

19Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling - Common queueing disciplines

Scheduling algorithms are

important components in the

provision of guaranteed quality

of service parameters such as

delay delay jitter packet loss

rate or throughput

Scheduling Schemes

FIFO (First In First Out)

PQ (Priority Queuing)

WRR (Weighted Round Robin) variants

FQ (Fair Queuing)

Equal weight given to each queue

WFQ (Weighted Fair Queuing)

Variable weight given to each queue

Approximate when packet sizes disparate

Implemented in software

CQ (Custom Queuing)

CBWFQ (Class Based Weighted Fair Queuing)

WFQ where packets are classified into queues

DRR (Deficit Round Robin)

More exact weight given to each queue

20Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling ndash WFQ Principles

Operational basics

Divide traffic into various queues

Assign a weight (portion of bandwidth) to each queue

Serve each queue according to its weight (in essence desired percentage of

output port bandwidth for the queue)

Each class is ldquoguaranteedrdquo a minimum share of output forwarding capacity

Note that the queues are not in a priority order ndash which means each queue

sees the full server for a fraction of the total time

Allows for configuration of multiple levels of sharing hierarchy

LLQ (Low Latency Queue)

Strict priority queue within CBWFQ paradigm

21Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Putting the Pieces Togetherhellip

Classifier Selects packets based on portions of packet header

Marker MarksRemarks the packet header based on traffic class

Meter Checks compliance to traffic profile and passes result to Marker and ShaperDropper

Shaper Allows for delaying of packets in buffer to enforce compliance with traffic profile

Dropper Drops traffic that does not conform with traffic profile

Congestion Avoidance Checks buffer levels and stochastically drops packets

Scheduler Allows for differential queueing and servicing of packets

22Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scope of IP QoS

From a TCPIP perspective hellip

23Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

IP Datagram Lifecycle under QoS

24Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

NETWORK ARCHITECTURE

INTSRV AND DIFFSRV

APPROACHES

25Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Architecture for providing QoS guarantees in IP networks

for individual application sessions

Assumptions

resource must be explicitly managed in order to meet the requirements of

real-time applications

resource reservation routers maintain state info of allocated

resources QoS reqrsquos

26Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Steps

Application requests its required resource

The network uses a routing protocol to find a path based on the requested

resources

Reservation protocol (RSVP) is used to install the reservation state along

that path

At each hop admission control checks whether sufficient resources are

available to accept the new reservation

After reservation the application can start to send traffic over the path for

which it has exclusive use of the resources

27Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Two services level

guaranteed (delay) service

controlled load service

28Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Service Models

Guaranteed service model

provides deterministic worst case delay bound through strict

admission control and fair queuing scheduling

designed for applications that require absolute guarantees on

delay

controlled load service model

provides a less firm guarantee

a service that is close to a lightly loaded best-effort network

29Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS30

Intserv QoS guarantee scenario

Resource reservation

call setup signaling (RSVP)

traffic QoS declaration

per-element admission control

QoS-sensitive scheduling

(eg WFQ)

request

reply

Signaling

A flow needs performance guarantee must

declare its QoS requirement

R-spec defines the QoS being requested characterize traffic it will

send into network

T-spec defines traffic characteristics

signaling protocol needed to carry R-spec and T-spec to routers (where

reservation is required)

31Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

connectionless

(stateless) forwarding

by IP routers

best effort

service

no network

signaling protocols

in initial IP design+ =

RSVP Protocol

RSVP (Resource Reservation Protocol) [RFC 2205]

Protocol used for control signals

Transmitting applications use RSVP to describe data traffic characteristics

Receiving applications use RSVP to describe their QoS requirements

Network Elements use RSVP to deliver QoS requests to other network elements

Reservation setup mechanism

Dynamic Applications can dynamically reserve and free network bandwidth

Simplex reservation setup Each side of a connection requiring bandwidth guarantee

must perform a separate reservation procedure

Hop-by-hopreservation style Every RSVP-aware hop benefits from the RSVP messages

traversing a flow ndash end-to-end guarantee not possible if some intermediate elements do

not support RSVP

Different reservation styles for unicast and multicast traffic

32Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking33

RSVP Design Goals

Accommodate heterogeneous receivers (different bandwidth along paths)

Accommodate different applications with different resource requirements

Make multicast a first class service with adaptation to multicast group membership

Leverage existing multicastunicast routing with adaptation to changes in underlying unicast multicast routes

Control protocol overhead to grow (at worst) linear in receivers

Modular design for heterogeneous underlying technologies

7 Multimedia Networking34

RSVP does nothellip

bull specify how resources are to be reserved

bull rather a mechanism for communicating needs

bull determine routes packets will take

bull thatrsquos the job of routing protocols

bull signaling decoupled from routing

bull interact with forwarding of packets

bull separation of control (signaling) and data (forwarding)

planes

7 Multimedia Networking35

RSVP overview of operation

senders receiver join a multicast group

done outside of RSVP

senders need not join group

sender-to-network signaling

path message make sender presence known to routers

path teardown delete senderrsquos path state from routers

receiver-to-network signaling

reservation message reserve resources from sender(s) to receiver

reservation teardown remove receiver reservations

network-to-end-system signaling

path error

reservation error

RSVP Usage Options

36Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking37

RSVP simple audio conference

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 both senders and receivers

multicast group m1

no filtering packets from any sender forwarded

audio rate b

only one multicast routing tree possible

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 20: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

Scheduling - Common queueing disciplines

Scheduling algorithms are

important components in the

provision of guaranteed quality

of service parameters such as

delay delay jitter packet loss

rate or throughput

Scheduling Schemes

FIFO (First In First Out)

PQ (Priority Queuing)

WRR (Weighted Round Robin) variants

FQ (Fair Queuing)

Equal weight given to each queue

WFQ (Weighted Fair Queuing)

Variable weight given to each queue

Approximate when packet sizes disparate

Implemented in software

CQ (Custom Queuing)

CBWFQ (Class Based Weighted Fair Queuing)

WFQ where packets are classified into queues

DRR (Deficit Round Robin)

More exact weight given to each queue

20Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scheduling ndash WFQ Principles

Operational basics

Divide traffic into various queues

Assign a weight (portion of bandwidth) to each queue

Serve each queue according to its weight (in essence desired percentage of

output port bandwidth for the queue)

Each class is ldquoguaranteedrdquo a minimum share of output forwarding capacity

Note that the queues are not in a priority order ndash which means each queue

sees the full server for a fraction of the total time

Allows for configuration of multiple levels of sharing hierarchy

LLQ (Low Latency Queue)

Strict priority queue within CBWFQ paradigm

21Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Putting the Pieces Togetherhellip

Classifier Selects packets based on portions of packet header

Marker MarksRemarks the packet header based on traffic class

Meter Checks compliance to traffic profile and passes result to Marker and ShaperDropper

Shaper Allows for delaying of packets in buffer to enforce compliance with traffic profile

Dropper Drops traffic that does not conform with traffic profile

Congestion Avoidance Checks buffer levels and stochastically drops packets

Scheduler Allows for differential queueing and servicing of packets

22Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scope of IP QoS

From a TCPIP perspective hellip

23Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

IP Datagram Lifecycle under QoS

24Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

NETWORK ARCHITECTURE

INTSRV AND DIFFSRV

APPROACHES

25Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Architecture for providing QoS guarantees in IP networks

for individual application sessions

Assumptions

resource must be explicitly managed in order to meet the requirements of

real-time applications

resource reservation routers maintain state info of allocated

resources QoS reqrsquos

26Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Steps

Application requests its required resource

The network uses a routing protocol to find a path based on the requested

resources

Reservation protocol (RSVP) is used to install the reservation state along

that path

At each hop admission control checks whether sufficient resources are

available to accept the new reservation

After reservation the application can start to send traffic over the path for

which it has exclusive use of the resources

27Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Two services level

guaranteed (delay) service

controlled load service

28Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Service Models

Guaranteed service model

provides deterministic worst case delay bound through strict

admission control and fair queuing scheduling

designed for applications that require absolute guarantees on

delay

controlled load service model

provides a less firm guarantee

a service that is close to a lightly loaded best-effort network

29Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS30

Intserv QoS guarantee scenario

Resource reservation

call setup signaling (RSVP)

traffic QoS declaration

per-element admission control

QoS-sensitive scheduling

(eg WFQ)

request

reply

Signaling

A flow needs performance guarantee must

declare its QoS requirement

R-spec defines the QoS being requested characterize traffic it will

send into network

T-spec defines traffic characteristics

signaling protocol needed to carry R-spec and T-spec to routers (where

reservation is required)

31Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

connectionless

(stateless) forwarding

by IP routers

best effort

service

no network

signaling protocols

in initial IP design+ =

RSVP Protocol

RSVP (Resource Reservation Protocol) [RFC 2205]

Protocol used for control signals

Transmitting applications use RSVP to describe data traffic characteristics

Receiving applications use RSVP to describe their QoS requirements

Network Elements use RSVP to deliver QoS requests to other network elements

Reservation setup mechanism

Dynamic Applications can dynamically reserve and free network bandwidth

Simplex reservation setup Each side of a connection requiring bandwidth guarantee

must perform a separate reservation procedure

Hop-by-hopreservation style Every RSVP-aware hop benefits from the RSVP messages

traversing a flow ndash end-to-end guarantee not possible if some intermediate elements do

not support RSVP

Different reservation styles for unicast and multicast traffic

32Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking33

RSVP Design Goals

Accommodate heterogeneous receivers (different bandwidth along paths)

Accommodate different applications with different resource requirements

Make multicast a first class service with adaptation to multicast group membership

Leverage existing multicastunicast routing with adaptation to changes in underlying unicast multicast routes

Control protocol overhead to grow (at worst) linear in receivers

Modular design for heterogeneous underlying technologies

7 Multimedia Networking34

RSVP does nothellip

bull specify how resources are to be reserved

bull rather a mechanism for communicating needs

bull determine routes packets will take

bull thatrsquos the job of routing protocols

bull signaling decoupled from routing

bull interact with forwarding of packets

bull separation of control (signaling) and data (forwarding)

planes

7 Multimedia Networking35

RSVP overview of operation

senders receiver join a multicast group

done outside of RSVP

senders need not join group

sender-to-network signaling

path message make sender presence known to routers

path teardown delete senderrsquos path state from routers

receiver-to-network signaling

reservation message reserve resources from sender(s) to receiver

reservation teardown remove receiver reservations

network-to-end-system signaling

path error

reservation error

RSVP Usage Options

36Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking37

RSVP simple audio conference

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 both senders and receivers

multicast group m1

no filtering packets from any sender forwarded

audio rate b

only one multicast routing tree possible

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 21: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

Scheduling ndash WFQ Principles

Operational basics

Divide traffic into various queues

Assign a weight (portion of bandwidth) to each queue

Serve each queue according to its weight (in essence desired percentage of

output port bandwidth for the queue)

Each class is ldquoguaranteedrdquo a minimum share of output forwarding capacity

Note that the queues are not in a priority order ndash which means each queue

sees the full server for a fraction of the total time

Allows for configuration of multiple levels of sharing hierarchy

LLQ (Low Latency Queue)

Strict priority queue within CBWFQ paradigm

21Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Putting the Pieces Togetherhellip

Classifier Selects packets based on portions of packet header

Marker MarksRemarks the packet header based on traffic class

Meter Checks compliance to traffic profile and passes result to Marker and ShaperDropper

Shaper Allows for delaying of packets in buffer to enforce compliance with traffic profile

Dropper Drops traffic that does not conform with traffic profile

Congestion Avoidance Checks buffer levels and stochastically drops packets

Scheduler Allows for differential queueing and servicing of packets

22Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scope of IP QoS

From a TCPIP perspective hellip

23Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

IP Datagram Lifecycle under QoS

24Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

NETWORK ARCHITECTURE

INTSRV AND DIFFSRV

APPROACHES

25Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Architecture for providing QoS guarantees in IP networks

for individual application sessions

Assumptions

resource must be explicitly managed in order to meet the requirements of

real-time applications

resource reservation routers maintain state info of allocated

resources QoS reqrsquos

26Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Steps

Application requests its required resource

The network uses a routing protocol to find a path based on the requested

resources

Reservation protocol (RSVP) is used to install the reservation state along

that path

At each hop admission control checks whether sufficient resources are

available to accept the new reservation

After reservation the application can start to send traffic over the path for

which it has exclusive use of the resources

27Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Two services level

guaranteed (delay) service

controlled load service

28Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Service Models

Guaranteed service model

provides deterministic worst case delay bound through strict

admission control and fair queuing scheduling

designed for applications that require absolute guarantees on

delay

controlled load service model

provides a less firm guarantee

a service that is close to a lightly loaded best-effort network

29Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS30

Intserv QoS guarantee scenario

Resource reservation

call setup signaling (RSVP)

traffic QoS declaration

per-element admission control

QoS-sensitive scheduling

(eg WFQ)

request

reply

Signaling

A flow needs performance guarantee must

declare its QoS requirement

R-spec defines the QoS being requested characterize traffic it will

send into network

T-spec defines traffic characteristics

signaling protocol needed to carry R-spec and T-spec to routers (where

reservation is required)

31Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

connectionless

(stateless) forwarding

by IP routers

best effort

service

no network

signaling protocols

in initial IP design+ =

RSVP Protocol

RSVP (Resource Reservation Protocol) [RFC 2205]

Protocol used for control signals

Transmitting applications use RSVP to describe data traffic characteristics

Receiving applications use RSVP to describe their QoS requirements

Network Elements use RSVP to deliver QoS requests to other network elements

Reservation setup mechanism

Dynamic Applications can dynamically reserve and free network bandwidth

Simplex reservation setup Each side of a connection requiring bandwidth guarantee

must perform a separate reservation procedure

Hop-by-hopreservation style Every RSVP-aware hop benefits from the RSVP messages

traversing a flow ndash end-to-end guarantee not possible if some intermediate elements do

not support RSVP

Different reservation styles for unicast and multicast traffic

32Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking33

RSVP Design Goals

Accommodate heterogeneous receivers (different bandwidth along paths)

Accommodate different applications with different resource requirements

Make multicast a first class service with adaptation to multicast group membership

Leverage existing multicastunicast routing with adaptation to changes in underlying unicast multicast routes

Control protocol overhead to grow (at worst) linear in receivers

Modular design for heterogeneous underlying technologies

7 Multimedia Networking34

RSVP does nothellip

bull specify how resources are to be reserved

bull rather a mechanism for communicating needs

bull determine routes packets will take

bull thatrsquos the job of routing protocols

bull signaling decoupled from routing

bull interact with forwarding of packets

bull separation of control (signaling) and data (forwarding)

planes

7 Multimedia Networking35

RSVP overview of operation

senders receiver join a multicast group

done outside of RSVP

senders need not join group

sender-to-network signaling

path message make sender presence known to routers

path teardown delete senderrsquos path state from routers

receiver-to-network signaling

reservation message reserve resources from sender(s) to receiver

reservation teardown remove receiver reservations

network-to-end-system signaling

path error

reservation error

RSVP Usage Options

36Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking37

RSVP simple audio conference

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 both senders and receivers

multicast group m1

no filtering packets from any sender forwarded

audio rate b

only one multicast routing tree possible

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 22: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

Putting the Pieces Togetherhellip

Classifier Selects packets based on portions of packet header

Marker MarksRemarks the packet header based on traffic class

Meter Checks compliance to traffic profile and passes result to Marker and ShaperDropper

Shaper Allows for delaying of packets in buffer to enforce compliance with traffic profile

Dropper Drops traffic that does not conform with traffic profile

Congestion Avoidance Checks buffer levels and stochastically drops packets

Scheduler Allows for differential queueing and servicing of packets

22Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Scope of IP QoS

From a TCPIP perspective hellip

23Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

IP Datagram Lifecycle under QoS

24Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

NETWORK ARCHITECTURE

INTSRV AND DIFFSRV

APPROACHES

25Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Architecture for providing QoS guarantees in IP networks

for individual application sessions

Assumptions

resource must be explicitly managed in order to meet the requirements of

real-time applications

resource reservation routers maintain state info of allocated

resources QoS reqrsquos

26Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Steps

Application requests its required resource

The network uses a routing protocol to find a path based on the requested

resources

Reservation protocol (RSVP) is used to install the reservation state along

that path

At each hop admission control checks whether sufficient resources are

available to accept the new reservation

After reservation the application can start to send traffic over the path for

which it has exclusive use of the resources

27Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Two services level

guaranteed (delay) service

controlled load service

28Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Service Models

Guaranteed service model

provides deterministic worst case delay bound through strict

admission control and fair queuing scheduling

designed for applications that require absolute guarantees on

delay

controlled load service model

provides a less firm guarantee

a service that is close to a lightly loaded best-effort network

29Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS30

Intserv QoS guarantee scenario

Resource reservation

call setup signaling (RSVP)

traffic QoS declaration

per-element admission control

QoS-sensitive scheduling

(eg WFQ)

request

reply

Signaling

A flow needs performance guarantee must

declare its QoS requirement

R-spec defines the QoS being requested characterize traffic it will

send into network

T-spec defines traffic characteristics

signaling protocol needed to carry R-spec and T-spec to routers (where

reservation is required)

31Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

connectionless

(stateless) forwarding

by IP routers

best effort

service

no network

signaling protocols

in initial IP design+ =

RSVP Protocol

RSVP (Resource Reservation Protocol) [RFC 2205]

Protocol used for control signals

Transmitting applications use RSVP to describe data traffic characteristics

Receiving applications use RSVP to describe their QoS requirements

Network Elements use RSVP to deliver QoS requests to other network elements

Reservation setup mechanism

Dynamic Applications can dynamically reserve and free network bandwidth

Simplex reservation setup Each side of a connection requiring bandwidth guarantee

must perform a separate reservation procedure

Hop-by-hopreservation style Every RSVP-aware hop benefits from the RSVP messages

traversing a flow ndash end-to-end guarantee not possible if some intermediate elements do

not support RSVP

Different reservation styles for unicast and multicast traffic

32Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking33

RSVP Design Goals

Accommodate heterogeneous receivers (different bandwidth along paths)

Accommodate different applications with different resource requirements

Make multicast a first class service with adaptation to multicast group membership

Leverage existing multicastunicast routing with adaptation to changes in underlying unicast multicast routes

Control protocol overhead to grow (at worst) linear in receivers

Modular design for heterogeneous underlying technologies

7 Multimedia Networking34

RSVP does nothellip

bull specify how resources are to be reserved

bull rather a mechanism for communicating needs

bull determine routes packets will take

bull thatrsquos the job of routing protocols

bull signaling decoupled from routing

bull interact with forwarding of packets

bull separation of control (signaling) and data (forwarding)

planes

7 Multimedia Networking35

RSVP overview of operation

senders receiver join a multicast group

done outside of RSVP

senders need not join group

sender-to-network signaling

path message make sender presence known to routers

path teardown delete senderrsquos path state from routers

receiver-to-network signaling

reservation message reserve resources from sender(s) to receiver

reservation teardown remove receiver reservations

network-to-end-system signaling

path error

reservation error

RSVP Usage Options

36Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking37

RSVP simple audio conference

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 both senders and receivers

multicast group m1

no filtering packets from any sender forwarded

audio rate b

only one multicast routing tree possible

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 23: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

Scope of IP QoS

From a TCPIP perspective hellip

23Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

IP Datagram Lifecycle under QoS

24Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

NETWORK ARCHITECTURE

INTSRV AND DIFFSRV

APPROACHES

25Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Architecture for providing QoS guarantees in IP networks

for individual application sessions

Assumptions

resource must be explicitly managed in order to meet the requirements of

real-time applications

resource reservation routers maintain state info of allocated

resources QoS reqrsquos

26Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Steps

Application requests its required resource

The network uses a routing protocol to find a path based on the requested

resources

Reservation protocol (RSVP) is used to install the reservation state along

that path

At each hop admission control checks whether sufficient resources are

available to accept the new reservation

After reservation the application can start to send traffic over the path for

which it has exclusive use of the resources

27Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Two services level

guaranteed (delay) service

controlled load service

28Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Service Models

Guaranteed service model

provides deterministic worst case delay bound through strict

admission control and fair queuing scheduling

designed for applications that require absolute guarantees on

delay

controlled load service model

provides a less firm guarantee

a service that is close to a lightly loaded best-effort network

29Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS30

Intserv QoS guarantee scenario

Resource reservation

call setup signaling (RSVP)

traffic QoS declaration

per-element admission control

QoS-sensitive scheduling

(eg WFQ)

request

reply

Signaling

A flow needs performance guarantee must

declare its QoS requirement

R-spec defines the QoS being requested characterize traffic it will

send into network

T-spec defines traffic characteristics

signaling protocol needed to carry R-spec and T-spec to routers (where

reservation is required)

31Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

connectionless

(stateless) forwarding

by IP routers

best effort

service

no network

signaling protocols

in initial IP design+ =

RSVP Protocol

RSVP (Resource Reservation Protocol) [RFC 2205]

Protocol used for control signals

Transmitting applications use RSVP to describe data traffic characteristics

Receiving applications use RSVP to describe their QoS requirements

Network Elements use RSVP to deliver QoS requests to other network elements

Reservation setup mechanism

Dynamic Applications can dynamically reserve and free network bandwidth

Simplex reservation setup Each side of a connection requiring bandwidth guarantee

must perform a separate reservation procedure

Hop-by-hopreservation style Every RSVP-aware hop benefits from the RSVP messages

traversing a flow ndash end-to-end guarantee not possible if some intermediate elements do

not support RSVP

Different reservation styles for unicast and multicast traffic

32Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking33

RSVP Design Goals

Accommodate heterogeneous receivers (different bandwidth along paths)

Accommodate different applications with different resource requirements

Make multicast a first class service with adaptation to multicast group membership

Leverage existing multicastunicast routing with adaptation to changes in underlying unicast multicast routes

Control protocol overhead to grow (at worst) linear in receivers

Modular design for heterogeneous underlying technologies

7 Multimedia Networking34

RSVP does nothellip

bull specify how resources are to be reserved

bull rather a mechanism for communicating needs

bull determine routes packets will take

bull thatrsquos the job of routing protocols

bull signaling decoupled from routing

bull interact with forwarding of packets

bull separation of control (signaling) and data (forwarding)

planes

7 Multimedia Networking35

RSVP overview of operation

senders receiver join a multicast group

done outside of RSVP

senders need not join group

sender-to-network signaling

path message make sender presence known to routers

path teardown delete senderrsquos path state from routers

receiver-to-network signaling

reservation message reserve resources from sender(s) to receiver

reservation teardown remove receiver reservations

network-to-end-system signaling

path error

reservation error

RSVP Usage Options

36Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking37

RSVP simple audio conference

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 both senders and receivers

multicast group m1

no filtering packets from any sender forwarded

audio rate b

only one multicast routing tree possible

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 24: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

IP Datagram Lifecycle under QoS

24Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

NETWORK ARCHITECTURE

INTSRV AND DIFFSRV

APPROACHES

25Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Architecture for providing QoS guarantees in IP networks

for individual application sessions

Assumptions

resource must be explicitly managed in order to meet the requirements of

real-time applications

resource reservation routers maintain state info of allocated

resources QoS reqrsquos

26Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Steps

Application requests its required resource

The network uses a routing protocol to find a path based on the requested

resources

Reservation protocol (RSVP) is used to install the reservation state along

that path

At each hop admission control checks whether sufficient resources are

available to accept the new reservation

After reservation the application can start to send traffic over the path for

which it has exclusive use of the resources

27Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Two services level

guaranteed (delay) service

controlled load service

28Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Service Models

Guaranteed service model

provides deterministic worst case delay bound through strict

admission control and fair queuing scheduling

designed for applications that require absolute guarantees on

delay

controlled load service model

provides a less firm guarantee

a service that is close to a lightly loaded best-effort network

29Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS30

Intserv QoS guarantee scenario

Resource reservation

call setup signaling (RSVP)

traffic QoS declaration

per-element admission control

QoS-sensitive scheduling

(eg WFQ)

request

reply

Signaling

A flow needs performance guarantee must

declare its QoS requirement

R-spec defines the QoS being requested characterize traffic it will

send into network

T-spec defines traffic characteristics

signaling protocol needed to carry R-spec and T-spec to routers (where

reservation is required)

31Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

connectionless

(stateless) forwarding

by IP routers

best effort

service

no network

signaling protocols

in initial IP design+ =

RSVP Protocol

RSVP (Resource Reservation Protocol) [RFC 2205]

Protocol used for control signals

Transmitting applications use RSVP to describe data traffic characteristics

Receiving applications use RSVP to describe their QoS requirements

Network Elements use RSVP to deliver QoS requests to other network elements

Reservation setup mechanism

Dynamic Applications can dynamically reserve and free network bandwidth

Simplex reservation setup Each side of a connection requiring bandwidth guarantee

must perform a separate reservation procedure

Hop-by-hopreservation style Every RSVP-aware hop benefits from the RSVP messages

traversing a flow ndash end-to-end guarantee not possible if some intermediate elements do

not support RSVP

Different reservation styles for unicast and multicast traffic

32Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking33

RSVP Design Goals

Accommodate heterogeneous receivers (different bandwidth along paths)

Accommodate different applications with different resource requirements

Make multicast a first class service with adaptation to multicast group membership

Leverage existing multicastunicast routing with adaptation to changes in underlying unicast multicast routes

Control protocol overhead to grow (at worst) linear in receivers

Modular design for heterogeneous underlying technologies

7 Multimedia Networking34

RSVP does nothellip

bull specify how resources are to be reserved

bull rather a mechanism for communicating needs

bull determine routes packets will take

bull thatrsquos the job of routing protocols

bull signaling decoupled from routing

bull interact with forwarding of packets

bull separation of control (signaling) and data (forwarding)

planes

7 Multimedia Networking35

RSVP overview of operation

senders receiver join a multicast group

done outside of RSVP

senders need not join group

sender-to-network signaling

path message make sender presence known to routers

path teardown delete senderrsquos path state from routers

receiver-to-network signaling

reservation message reserve resources from sender(s) to receiver

reservation teardown remove receiver reservations

network-to-end-system signaling

path error

reservation error

RSVP Usage Options

36Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking37

RSVP simple audio conference

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 both senders and receivers

multicast group m1

no filtering packets from any sender forwarded

audio rate b

only one multicast routing tree possible

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 25: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

NETWORK ARCHITECTURE

INTSRV AND DIFFSRV

APPROACHES

25Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Architecture for providing QoS guarantees in IP networks

for individual application sessions

Assumptions

resource must be explicitly managed in order to meet the requirements of

real-time applications

resource reservation routers maintain state info of allocated

resources QoS reqrsquos

26Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Steps

Application requests its required resource

The network uses a routing protocol to find a path based on the requested

resources

Reservation protocol (RSVP) is used to install the reservation state along

that path

At each hop admission control checks whether sufficient resources are

available to accept the new reservation

After reservation the application can start to send traffic over the path for

which it has exclusive use of the resources

27Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Two services level

guaranteed (delay) service

controlled load service

28Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Service Models

Guaranteed service model

provides deterministic worst case delay bound through strict

admission control and fair queuing scheduling

designed for applications that require absolute guarantees on

delay

controlled load service model

provides a less firm guarantee

a service that is close to a lightly loaded best-effort network

29Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS30

Intserv QoS guarantee scenario

Resource reservation

call setup signaling (RSVP)

traffic QoS declaration

per-element admission control

QoS-sensitive scheduling

(eg WFQ)

request

reply

Signaling

A flow needs performance guarantee must

declare its QoS requirement

R-spec defines the QoS being requested characterize traffic it will

send into network

T-spec defines traffic characteristics

signaling protocol needed to carry R-spec and T-spec to routers (where

reservation is required)

31Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

connectionless

(stateless) forwarding

by IP routers

best effort

service

no network

signaling protocols

in initial IP design+ =

RSVP Protocol

RSVP (Resource Reservation Protocol) [RFC 2205]

Protocol used for control signals

Transmitting applications use RSVP to describe data traffic characteristics

Receiving applications use RSVP to describe their QoS requirements

Network Elements use RSVP to deliver QoS requests to other network elements

Reservation setup mechanism

Dynamic Applications can dynamically reserve and free network bandwidth

Simplex reservation setup Each side of a connection requiring bandwidth guarantee

must perform a separate reservation procedure

Hop-by-hopreservation style Every RSVP-aware hop benefits from the RSVP messages

traversing a flow ndash end-to-end guarantee not possible if some intermediate elements do

not support RSVP

Different reservation styles for unicast and multicast traffic

32Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking33

RSVP Design Goals

Accommodate heterogeneous receivers (different bandwidth along paths)

Accommodate different applications with different resource requirements

Make multicast a first class service with adaptation to multicast group membership

Leverage existing multicastunicast routing with adaptation to changes in underlying unicast multicast routes

Control protocol overhead to grow (at worst) linear in receivers

Modular design for heterogeneous underlying technologies

7 Multimedia Networking34

RSVP does nothellip

bull specify how resources are to be reserved

bull rather a mechanism for communicating needs

bull determine routes packets will take

bull thatrsquos the job of routing protocols

bull signaling decoupled from routing

bull interact with forwarding of packets

bull separation of control (signaling) and data (forwarding)

planes

7 Multimedia Networking35

RSVP overview of operation

senders receiver join a multicast group

done outside of RSVP

senders need not join group

sender-to-network signaling

path message make sender presence known to routers

path teardown delete senderrsquos path state from routers

receiver-to-network signaling

reservation message reserve resources from sender(s) to receiver

reservation teardown remove receiver reservations

network-to-end-system signaling

path error

reservation error

RSVP Usage Options

36Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking37

RSVP simple audio conference

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 both senders and receivers

multicast group m1

no filtering packets from any sender forwarded

audio rate b

only one multicast routing tree possible

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 26: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Architecture for providing QoS guarantees in IP networks

for individual application sessions

Assumptions

resource must be explicitly managed in order to meet the requirements of

real-time applications

resource reservation routers maintain state info of allocated

resources QoS reqrsquos

26Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Steps

Application requests its required resource

The network uses a routing protocol to find a path based on the requested

resources

Reservation protocol (RSVP) is used to install the reservation state along

that path

At each hop admission control checks whether sufficient resources are

available to accept the new reservation

After reservation the application can start to send traffic over the path for

which it has exclusive use of the resources

27Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Two services level

guaranteed (delay) service

controlled load service

28Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Service Models

Guaranteed service model

provides deterministic worst case delay bound through strict

admission control and fair queuing scheduling

designed for applications that require absolute guarantees on

delay

controlled load service model

provides a less firm guarantee

a service that is close to a lightly loaded best-effort network

29Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS30

Intserv QoS guarantee scenario

Resource reservation

call setup signaling (RSVP)

traffic QoS declaration

per-element admission control

QoS-sensitive scheduling

(eg WFQ)

request

reply

Signaling

A flow needs performance guarantee must

declare its QoS requirement

R-spec defines the QoS being requested characterize traffic it will

send into network

T-spec defines traffic characteristics

signaling protocol needed to carry R-spec and T-spec to routers (where

reservation is required)

31Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

connectionless

(stateless) forwarding

by IP routers

best effort

service

no network

signaling protocols

in initial IP design+ =

RSVP Protocol

RSVP (Resource Reservation Protocol) [RFC 2205]

Protocol used for control signals

Transmitting applications use RSVP to describe data traffic characteristics

Receiving applications use RSVP to describe their QoS requirements

Network Elements use RSVP to deliver QoS requests to other network elements

Reservation setup mechanism

Dynamic Applications can dynamically reserve and free network bandwidth

Simplex reservation setup Each side of a connection requiring bandwidth guarantee

must perform a separate reservation procedure

Hop-by-hopreservation style Every RSVP-aware hop benefits from the RSVP messages

traversing a flow ndash end-to-end guarantee not possible if some intermediate elements do

not support RSVP

Different reservation styles for unicast and multicast traffic

32Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking33

RSVP Design Goals

Accommodate heterogeneous receivers (different bandwidth along paths)

Accommodate different applications with different resource requirements

Make multicast a first class service with adaptation to multicast group membership

Leverage existing multicastunicast routing with adaptation to changes in underlying unicast multicast routes

Control protocol overhead to grow (at worst) linear in receivers

Modular design for heterogeneous underlying technologies

7 Multimedia Networking34

RSVP does nothellip

bull specify how resources are to be reserved

bull rather a mechanism for communicating needs

bull determine routes packets will take

bull thatrsquos the job of routing protocols

bull signaling decoupled from routing

bull interact with forwarding of packets

bull separation of control (signaling) and data (forwarding)

planes

7 Multimedia Networking35

RSVP overview of operation

senders receiver join a multicast group

done outside of RSVP

senders need not join group

sender-to-network signaling

path message make sender presence known to routers

path teardown delete senderrsquos path state from routers

receiver-to-network signaling

reservation message reserve resources from sender(s) to receiver

reservation teardown remove receiver reservations

network-to-end-system signaling

path error

reservation error

RSVP Usage Options

36Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking37

RSVP simple audio conference

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 both senders and receivers

multicast group m1

no filtering packets from any sender forwarded

audio rate b

only one multicast routing tree possible

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 27: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Steps

Application requests its required resource

The network uses a routing protocol to find a path based on the requested

resources

Reservation protocol (RSVP) is used to install the reservation state along

that path

At each hop admission control checks whether sufficient resources are

available to accept the new reservation

After reservation the application can start to send traffic over the path for

which it has exclusive use of the resources

27Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Two services level

guaranteed (delay) service

controlled load service

28Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Service Models

Guaranteed service model

provides deterministic worst case delay bound through strict

admission control and fair queuing scheduling

designed for applications that require absolute guarantees on

delay

controlled load service model

provides a less firm guarantee

a service that is close to a lightly loaded best-effort network

29Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS30

Intserv QoS guarantee scenario

Resource reservation

call setup signaling (RSVP)

traffic QoS declaration

per-element admission control

QoS-sensitive scheduling

(eg WFQ)

request

reply

Signaling

A flow needs performance guarantee must

declare its QoS requirement

R-spec defines the QoS being requested characterize traffic it will

send into network

T-spec defines traffic characteristics

signaling protocol needed to carry R-spec and T-spec to routers (where

reservation is required)

31Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

connectionless

(stateless) forwarding

by IP routers

best effort

service

no network

signaling protocols

in initial IP design+ =

RSVP Protocol

RSVP (Resource Reservation Protocol) [RFC 2205]

Protocol used for control signals

Transmitting applications use RSVP to describe data traffic characteristics

Receiving applications use RSVP to describe their QoS requirements

Network Elements use RSVP to deliver QoS requests to other network elements

Reservation setup mechanism

Dynamic Applications can dynamically reserve and free network bandwidth

Simplex reservation setup Each side of a connection requiring bandwidth guarantee

must perform a separate reservation procedure

Hop-by-hopreservation style Every RSVP-aware hop benefits from the RSVP messages

traversing a flow ndash end-to-end guarantee not possible if some intermediate elements do

not support RSVP

Different reservation styles for unicast and multicast traffic

32Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking33

RSVP Design Goals

Accommodate heterogeneous receivers (different bandwidth along paths)

Accommodate different applications with different resource requirements

Make multicast a first class service with adaptation to multicast group membership

Leverage existing multicastunicast routing with adaptation to changes in underlying unicast multicast routes

Control protocol overhead to grow (at worst) linear in receivers

Modular design for heterogeneous underlying technologies

7 Multimedia Networking34

RSVP does nothellip

bull specify how resources are to be reserved

bull rather a mechanism for communicating needs

bull determine routes packets will take

bull thatrsquos the job of routing protocols

bull signaling decoupled from routing

bull interact with forwarding of packets

bull separation of control (signaling) and data (forwarding)

planes

7 Multimedia Networking35

RSVP overview of operation

senders receiver join a multicast group

done outside of RSVP

senders need not join group

sender-to-network signaling

path message make sender presence known to routers

path teardown delete senderrsquos path state from routers

receiver-to-network signaling

reservation message reserve resources from sender(s) to receiver

reservation teardown remove receiver reservations

network-to-end-system signaling

path error

reservation error

RSVP Usage Options

36Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking37

RSVP simple audio conference

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 both senders and receivers

multicast group m1

no filtering packets from any sender forwarded

audio rate b

only one multicast routing tree possible

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 28: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

Two services level

guaranteed (delay) service

controlled load service

28Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Service Models

Guaranteed service model

provides deterministic worst case delay bound through strict

admission control and fair queuing scheduling

designed for applications that require absolute guarantees on

delay

controlled load service model

provides a less firm guarantee

a service that is close to a lightly loaded best-effort network

29Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS30

Intserv QoS guarantee scenario

Resource reservation

call setup signaling (RSVP)

traffic QoS declaration

per-element admission control

QoS-sensitive scheduling

(eg WFQ)

request

reply

Signaling

A flow needs performance guarantee must

declare its QoS requirement

R-spec defines the QoS being requested characterize traffic it will

send into network

T-spec defines traffic characteristics

signaling protocol needed to carry R-spec and T-spec to routers (where

reservation is required)

31Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

connectionless

(stateless) forwarding

by IP routers

best effort

service

no network

signaling protocols

in initial IP design+ =

RSVP Protocol

RSVP (Resource Reservation Protocol) [RFC 2205]

Protocol used for control signals

Transmitting applications use RSVP to describe data traffic characteristics

Receiving applications use RSVP to describe their QoS requirements

Network Elements use RSVP to deliver QoS requests to other network elements

Reservation setup mechanism

Dynamic Applications can dynamically reserve and free network bandwidth

Simplex reservation setup Each side of a connection requiring bandwidth guarantee

must perform a separate reservation procedure

Hop-by-hopreservation style Every RSVP-aware hop benefits from the RSVP messages

traversing a flow ndash end-to-end guarantee not possible if some intermediate elements do

not support RSVP

Different reservation styles for unicast and multicast traffic

32Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking33

RSVP Design Goals

Accommodate heterogeneous receivers (different bandwidth along paths)

Accommodate different applications with different resource requirements

Make multicast a first class service with adaptation to multicast group membership

Leverage existing multicastunicast routing with adaptation to changes in underlying unicast multicast routes

Control protocol overhead to grow (at worst) linear in receivers

Modular design for heterogeneous underlying technologies

7 Multimedia Networking34

RSVP does nothellip

bull specify how resources are to be reserved

bull rather a mechanism for communicating needs

bull determine routes packets will take

bull thatrsquos the job of routing protocols

bull signaling decoupled from routing

bull interact with forwarding of packets

bull separation of control (signaling) and data (forwarding)

planes

7 Multimedia Networking35

RSVP overview of operation

senders receiver join a multicast group

done outside of RSVP

senders need not join group

sender-to-network signaling

path message make sender presence known to routers

path teardown delete senderrsquos path state from routers

receiver-to-network signaling

reservation message reserve resources from sender(s) to receiver

reservation teardown remove receiver reservations

network-to-end-system signaling

path error

reservation error

RSVP Usage Options

36Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking37

RSVP simple audio conference

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 both senders and receivers

multicast group m1

no filtering packets from any sender forwarded

audio rate b

only one multicast routing tree possible

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 29: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

Service Models

Guaranteed service model

provides deterministic worst case delay bound through strict

admission control and fair queuing scheduling

designed for applications that require absolute guarantees on

delay

controlled load service model

provides a less firm guarantee

a service that is close to a lightly loaded best-effort network

29Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS30

Intserv QoS guarantee scenario

Resource reservation

call setup signaling (RSVP)

traffic QoS declaration

per-element admission control

QoS-sensitive scheduling

(eg WFQ)

request

reply

Signaling

A flow needs performance guarantee must

declare its QoS requirement

R-spec defines the QoS being requested characterize traffic it will

send into network

T-spec defines traffic characteristics

signaling protocol needed to carry R-spec and T-spec to routers (where

reservation is required)

31Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

connectionless

(stateless) forwarding

by IP routers

best effort

service

no network

signaling protocols

in initial IP design+ =

RSVP Protocol

RSVP (Resource Reservation Protocol) [RFC 2205]

Protocol used for control signals

Transmitting applications use RSVP to describe data traffic characteristics

Receiving applications use RSVP to describe their QoS requirements

Network Elements use RSVP to deliver QoS requests to other network elements

Reservation setup mechanism

Dynamic Applications can dynamically reserve and free network bandwidth

Simplex reservation setup Each side of a connection requiring bandwidth guarantee

must perform a separate reservation procedure

Hop-by-hopreservation style Every RSVP-aware hop benefits from the RSVP messages

traversing a flow ndash end-to-end guarantee not possible if some intermediate elements do

not support RSVP

Different reservation styles for unicast and multicast traffic

32Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking33

RSVP Design Goals

Accommodate heterogeneous receivers (different bandwidth along paths)

Accommodate different applications with different resource requirements

Make multicast a first class service with adaptation to multicast group membership

Leverage existing multicastunicast routing with adaptation to changes in underlying unicast multicast routes

Control protocol overhead to grow (at worst) linear in receivers

Modular design for heterogeneous underlying technologies

7 Multimedia Networking34

RSVP does nothellip

bull specify how resources are to be reserved

bull rather a mechanism for communicating needs

bull determine routes packets will take

bull thatrsquos the job of routing protocols

bull signaling decoupled from routing

bull interact with forwarding of packets

bull separation of control (signaling) and data (forwarding)

planes

7 Multimedia Networking35

RSVP overview of operation

senders receiver join a multicast group

done outside of RSVP

senders need not join group

sender-to-network signaling

path message make sender presence known to routers

path teardown delete senderrsquos path state from routers

receiver-to-network signaling

reservation message reserve resources from sender(s) to receiver

reservation teardown remove receiver reservations

network-to-end-system signaling

path error

reservation error

RSVP Usage Options

36Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking37

RSVP simple audio conference

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 both senders and receivers

multicast group m1

no filtering packets from any sender forwarded

audio rate b

only one multicast routing tree possible

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 30: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

QoS30

Intserv QoS guarantee scenario

Resource reservation

call setup signaling (RSVP)

traffic QoS declaration

per-element admission control

QoS-sensitive scheduling

(eg WFQ)

request

reply

Signaling

A flow needs performance guarantee must

declare its QoS requirement

R-spec defines the QoS being requested characterize traffic it will

send into network

T-spec defines traffic characteristics

signaling protocol needed to carry R-spec and T-spec to routers (where

reservation is required)

31Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

connectionless

(stateless) forwarding

by IP routers

best effort

service

no network

signaling protocols

in initial IP design+ =

RSVP Protocol

RSVP (Resource Reservation Protocol) [RFC 2205]

Protocol used for control signals

Transmitting applications use RSVP to describe data traffic characteristics

Receiving applications use RSVP to describe their QoS requirements

Network Elements use RSVP to deliver QoS requests to other network elements

Reservation setup mechanism

Dynamic Applications can dynamically reserve and free network bandwidth

Simplex reservation setup Each side of a connection requiring bandwidth guarantee

must perform a separate reservation procedure

Hop-by-hopreservation style Every RSVP-aware hop benefits from the RSVP messages

traversing a flow ndash end-to-end guarantee not possible if some intermediate elements do

not support RSVP

Different reservation styles for unicast and multicast traffic

32Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking33

RSVP Design Goals

Accommodate heterogeneous receivers (different bandwidth along paths)

Accommodate different applications with different resource requirements

Make multicast a first class service with adaptation to multicast group membership

Leverage existing multicastunicast routing with adaptation to changes in underlying unicast multicast routes

Control protocol overhead to grow (at worst) linear in receivers

Modular design for heterogeneous underlying technologies

7 Multimedia Networking34

RSVP does nothellip

bull specify how resources are to be reserved

bull rather a mechanism for communicating needs

bull determine routes packets will take

bull thatrsquos the job of routing protocols

bull signaling decoupled from routing

bull interact with forwarding of packets

bull separation of control (signaling) and data (forwarding)

planes

7 Multimedia Networking35

RSVP overview of operation

senders receiver join a multicast group

done outside of RSVP

senders need not join group

sender-to-network signaling

path message make sender presence known to routers

path teardown delete senderrsquos path state from routers

receiver-to-network signaling

reservation message reserve resources from sender(s) to receiver

reservation teardown remove receiver reservations

network-to-end-system signaling

path error

reservation error

RSVP Usage Options

36Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking37

RSVP simple audio conference

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 both senders and receivers

multicast group m1

no filtering packets from any sender forwarded

audio rate b

only one multicast routing tree possible

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 31: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

Signaling

A flow needs performance guarantee must

declare its QoS requirement

R-spec defines the QoS being requested characterize traffic it will

send into network

T-spec defines traffic characteristics

signaling protocol needed to carry R-spec and T-spec to routers (where

reservation is required)

31Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

connectionless

(stateless) forwarding

by IP routers

best effort

service

no network

signaling protocols

in initial IP design+ =

RSVP Protocol

RSVP (Resource Reservation Protocol) [RFC 2205]

Protocol used for control signals

Transmitting applications use RSVP to describe data traffic characteristics

Receiving applications use RSVP to describe their QoS requirements

Network Elements use RSVP to deliver QoS requests to other network elements

Reservation setup mechanism

Dynamic Applications can dynamically reserve and free network bandwidth

Simplex reservation setup Each side of a connection requiring bandwidth guarantee

must perform a separate reservation procedure

Hop-by-hopreservation style Every RSVP-aware hop benefits from the RSVP messages

traversing a flow ndash end-to-end guarantee not possible if some intermediate elements do

not support RSVP

Different reservation styles for unicast and multicast traffic

32Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking33

RSVP Design Goals

Accommodate heterogeneous receivers (different bandwidth along paths)

Accommodate different applications with different resource requirements

Make multicast a first class service with adaptation to multicast group membership

Leverage existing multicastunicast routing with adaptation to changes in underlying unicast multicast routes

Control protocol overhead to grow (at worst) linear in receivers

Modular design for heterogeneous underlying technologies

7 Multimedia Networking34

RSVP does nothellip

bull specify how resources are to be reserved

bull rather a mechanism for communicating needs

bull determine routes packets will take

bull thatrsquos the job of routing protocols

bull signaling decoupled from routing

bull interact with forwarding of packets

bull separation of control (signaling) and data (forwarding)

planes

7 Multimedia Networking35

RSVP overview of operation

senders receiver join a multicast group

done outside of RSVP

senders need not join group

sender-to-network signaling

path message make sender presence known to routers

path teardown delete senderrsquos path state from routers

receiver-to-network signaling

reservation message reserve resources from sender(s) to receiver

reservation teardown remove receiver reservations

network-to-end-system signaling

path error

reservation error

RSVP Usage Options

36Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking37

RSVP simple audio conference

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 both senders and receivers

multicast group m1

no filtering packets from any sender forwarded

audio rate b

only one multicast routing tree possible

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 32: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

RSVP Protocol

RSVP (Resource Reservation Protocol) [RFC 2205]

Protocol used for control signals

Transmitting applications use RSVP to describe data traffic characteristics

Receiving applications use RSVP to describe their QoS requirements

Network Elements use RSVP to deliver QoS requests to other network elements

Reservation setup mechanism

Dynamic Applications can dynamically reserve and free network bandwidth

Simplex reservation setup Each side of a connection requiring bandwidth guarantee

must perform a separate reservation procedure

Hop-by-hopreservation style Every RSVP-aware hop benefits from the RSVP messages

traversing a flow ndash end-to-end guarantee not possible if some intermediate elements do

not support RSVP

Different reservation styles for unicast and multicast traffic

32Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking33

RSVP Design Goals

Accommodate heterogeneous receivers (different bandwidth along paths)

Accommodate different applications with different resource requirements

Make multicast a first class service with adaptation to multicast group membership

Leverage existing multicastunicast routing with adaptation to changes in underlying unicast multicast routes

Control protocol overhead to grow (at worst) linear in receivers

Modular design for heterogeneous underlying technologies

7 Multimedia Networking34

RSVP does nothellip

bull specify how resources are to be reserved

bull rather a mechanism for communicating needs

bull determine routes packets will take

bull thatrsquos the job of routing protocols

bull signaling decoupled from routing

bull interact with forwarding of packets

bull separation of control (signaling) and data (forwarding)

planes

7 Multimedia Networking35

RSVP overview of operation

senders receiver join a multicast group

done outside of RSVP

senders need not join group

sender-to-network signaling

path message make sender presence known to routers

path teardown delete senderrsquos path state from routers

receiver-to-network signaling

reservation message reserve resources from sender(s) to receiver

reservation teardown remove receiver reservations

network-to-end-system signaling

path error

reservation error

RSVP Usage Options

36Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking37

RSVP simple audio conference

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 both senders and receivers

multicast group m1

no filtering packets from any sender forwarded

audio rate b

only one multicast routing tree possible

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 33: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

7 Multimedia Networking33

RSVP Design Goals

Accommodate heterogeneous receivers (different bandwidth along paths)

Accommodate different applications with different resource requirements

Make multicast a first class service with adaptation to multicast group membership

Leverage existing multicastunicast routing with adaptation to changes in underlying unicast multicast routes

Control protocol overhead to grow (at worst) linear in receivers

Modular design for heterogeneous underlying technologies

7 Multimedia Networking34

RSVP does nothellip

bull specify how resources are to be reserved

bull rather a mechanism for communicating needs

bull determine routes packets will take

bull thatrsquos the job of routing protocols

bull signaling decoupled from routing

bull interact with forwarding of packets

bull separation of control (signaling) and data (forwarding)

planes

7 Multimedia Networking35

RSVP overview of operation

senders receiver join a multicast group

done outside of RSVP

senders need not join group

sender-to-network signaling

path message make sender presence known to routers

path teardown delete senderrsquos path state from routers

receiver-to-network signaling

reservation message reserve resources from sender(s) to receiver

reservation teardown remove receiver reservations

network-to-end-system signaling

path error

reservation error

RSVP Usage Options

36Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking37

RSVP simple audio conference

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 both senders and receivers

multicast group m1

no filtering packets from any sender forwarded

audio rate b

only one multicast routing tree possible

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 34: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

7 Multimedia Networking34

RSVP does nothellip

bull specify how resources are to be reserved

bull rather a mechanism for communicating needs

bull determine routes packets will take

bull thatrsquos the job of routing protocols

bull signaling decoupled from routing

bull interact with forwarding of packets

bull separation of control (signaling) and data (forwarding)

planes

7 Multimedia Networking35

RSVP overview of operation

senders receiver join a multicast group

done outside of RSVP

senders need not join group

sender-to-network signaling

path message make sender presence known to routers

path teardown delete senderrsquos path state from routers

receiver-to-network signaling

reservation message reserve resources from sender(s) to receiver

reservation teardown remove receiver reservations

network-to-end-system signaling

path error

reservation error

RSVP Usage Options

36Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking37

RSVP simple audio conference

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 both senders and receivers

multicast group m1

no filtering packets from any sender forwarded

audio rate b

only one multicast routing tree possible

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 35: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

7 Multimedia Networking35

RSVP overview of operation

senders receiver join a multicast group

done outside of RSVP

senders need not join group

sender-to-network signaling

path message make sender presence known to routers

path teardown delete senderrsquos path state from routers

receiver-to-network signaling

reservation message reserve resources from sender(s) to receiver

reservation teardown remove receiver reservations

network-to-end-system signaling

path error

reservation error

RSVP Usage Options

36Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking37

RSVP simple audio conference

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 both senders and receivers

multicast group m1

no filtering packets from any sender forwarded

audio rate b

only one multicast routing tree possible

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 36: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

RSVP Usage Options

36Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

7 Multimedia Networking37

RSVP simple audio conference

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 both senders and receivers

multicast group m1

no filtering packets from any sender forwarded

audio rate b

only one multicast routing tree possible

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 37: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

7 Multimedia Networking37

RSVP simple audio conference

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 both senders and receivers

multicast group m1

no filtering packets from any sender forwarded

audio rate b

only one multicast routing tree possible

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 38: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

7 Multimedia Networking38

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H1 hellip H5 all send path messages on m1

(address=m1 Tspec=b filter-spec=no-filterrefresh=100)

Suppose H1 sends first path message

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 39: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

7 Multimedia Networking39

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

next H5 sends path message creating more state in routers

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 40: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

7 Multimedia Networking40

in

outin

out

in

out

RSVP building up path state

H2 H3 H5 send path msgs completing path state tables

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L5 L7

L6

L1

L2 L6 L3L7

L4

L5

L6

L1

L6

L7

L4L3L7

L2m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 41: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

7 Multimedia Networking41

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 wants to receive audio from all other senders

H1 reservation msg flows uptree to sources

H1 only reserves enough bandwidth for 1 audio stream

reservation is of type ldquono filterrdquo ndash any sender can use reserved bandwidth

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 42: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

7 Multimedia Networking42

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1

H1 reservation msgs flows uptree to sources

routers hosts reserve bandwidth b needed on downstream links towards

H1

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 43: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

7 Multimedia Networking43

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation example 1 (more)

next H2 makes no-filter reservation for bandwidth b

H2 forwards to R1 R1 forwards to H1 and R2 ()

R2 takes no action since b already reserved on L6

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 44: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

7 Multimedia Networking44

in

out

RSVP receiver reservation issues

What if multiple senders (eg H3 H4 H5) over link (eg L6)

arbitrary interleaving of packets

L6 flow policed by leaky bucket if H3+H4+H5 sending rate exceeds b

packet loss will occur

H2

H5

H3

H4

H1

R1 R2 R3L1

L2 L3

L4

L5

L6 L7

L1L2 L6

L6

L1(b)

in

out

L5L6 L7

L7

L5 (b)L6

in

out

L3L4 L7

L7

L3 (b)L4L2

b

bb

b

b

b

b

b

b

(b)m1

m1

m1

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 45: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

Integrated Services (Intserv)

Disadvantage

Applicable to long lasting traffic (video conferencing)

Scalability problem

may not be able to cope with a very large number of flows at high speeds

requires the support of accounting and settlement between different service

providers

Flexible Service Models

Intserv has only two classes Also want ldquoqualitativerdquo service classes

Potential Application Area

IP telephony video conferencing over corporate intranets

45Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 46: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

Differentiated Services (DiffServ)

Uses a combination of edge policing provisioning and traffic

prioritization to achieve service differentiation

Resource allocation to aggregated traffic rather than individual flows

Traffic policing on the edge and class-based forwarding in the core

Diffserv approach

simple functions in network core relatively complex functions at edge routers

(or hosts)

Donrsquot define service classes provide functional components to build service

classes

46Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 47: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

Diffserv Architecture

Edge router

- per-flow traffic management

- marks packets as in-profile and

out-profile

Core router

- per class traffic management

- buffering and scheduling

based on marking at edge

- preference given to in-profile

packets

- Assured Forwarding

scheduling

r

b

marking

47Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 48: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

DiffServ Components

At the edge of DiffServ domain

Classification and Marking

PolicingShaping

Within the core of the DiffServ domain

Congestion Avoidance

Scheduling

Combination of LLQ CBWFQ for differential treatment to DiffServ Classes (Why do we

need LLQ)

Result

Provide differential treatment to Behavior Aggregates (BA) by proper configuration

Remove complexity from core of network and place it at edges

48Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 49: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

Router Functionality

Network edge routers

Packet classification service level agreement (SLA) and traffic

type

Responsible for mapping packets to their appropriate forwarding

classes per-hop behavior (PHB) Each PHB is represented by a 6

bit DSCP (differential service code point)

Set DSCP in packet header DS field modified TOS field

Nonconforming traffic may be dropped delayed or marked with a

different forwarding class

Interior (core) routers

traffic classification and forwarding use DSCP as index into forwarding table

49Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 50: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

Router Functionality

Classifier MarkerShaperDropper

Meter

Traffic conditioning

Network edge routers

traffic conditioning (policing marking dropping) SLA negotiation

PHB group

data

PHB class

real-time

PHB class

PHB 11

PHB 22

PHB 21

low delay

highimportance

high delay

lowimportance

50Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 51: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

Edge-router Packet Marking

bull class-based marking packets of different classes marked differently

bull intra-class marking conforming portion of flow marked differently than non-

conforming one

profile pre-negotiated rate A bucket size B

packet marking at edge based on per-flow profile

Possible usage of marking

User packets

Rate A

B

51Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 52: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

Classification and Conditioning

Packet is marked in the Type of Service (TOS) in IPv4 and Traffic

Class in IPv6

6 bits used for Differentiated Service Code Point (DSCP) and

determine PHB that the packet will receive

2 bits are currently unused

52Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 53: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

Classification and Conditioning

may be desirable to limit traffic injection rate of some class

user declares traffic profile (eg rate burst size)

traffic metered shaped if non-conforming

53Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 54: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

Forwarding (PHB)

PHB result in a different observable (measurable) forwarding

performance behavior

PHB does not specify what mechanisms to use to ensure required PHB

performance behavior

Examples

Class A gets x of outgoing link bandwidth over time intervals of a specified

length

Class A packets leave first before packets from class B

54Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 55: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

Forwarding (PHB)

PHBs being developed

Expedited Forwarding pkt departure rate of a class equals or exceeds

specified rate

logical link with a minimum guaranteed rate

Assured Forwarding 4 classes of traffic

each guaranteed minimum amount of bandwidth

each with three drop preference partitions

55Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 56: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

Diffserv and MPLS

Both are WAN QoS mechanisms While Diffserv is used for traffic

aggregation and provisioning of differentiated services MPLS is

mainly used for traffic aggregation and load balancing

56Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 57: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

MPLS ndash Traffic Engineering

Traffic Engineering is all about placing traffic where there is bandwidth

Optimize network resources through careful distribution of traffic in network

Provide ability to arbitrarily segregate flows at any desired level of granularity

and route those flows independently from one another

Constraint Based Routing (CBR)

Allow TE Cost Metric to be based on parameters such as

Hop Count

Delay

Available Bandwidth

TE Cost

57Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 58: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS)

Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) facilitates the marriage of IP

to OSI Layer 2 technologies

Originally introduced as a WAN mechanism for forwarding packets using

label switching instead of the IP address-based routing and provide

differentiated QoS

It has found its most use in Traffic Engineering (TE)

TE requires that traffic follows specific possibly nonoptimal routes to enable

diverse routing traffic load balancing and other means of optimizing network

resources

MPLS forces traffic into these routes or Label Switched Paths (LSPs)

58Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 59: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

MPLS ndash Basics

Label Switching

Originally designed to make routers faster

Longest prefix lookup vs fixed label lookup

Separates control and data plane

Higher forwarding rates

Enables traffic engineering

Scalable high-performance IP networks

Multi-Protocol

ldquoLabelrdquo as universal identifier

Single device can transport data units of multiple protocols

Eg IP datagrams and ATM cells through an ATM switch

59Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 60: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

MPLS

Main advantages of MPLS

Support Traffic Engineering (TE) which is used essentially to control traffic

flow

Support VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Both TE and VPN help delivery of QoS for multimedia data

60Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 61: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

MPLS ndash TE Operation

Optimize route selection of LSP based on TE metric

Off-Line Mode

Compute routes periodically (using CBR) and switch to new routes during maintenance periods

Could lead to operational delays as all routes (even existing demands) are re-established

On-Line Mode

Route computation performed incrementally with arrival of each new demand

Does not require rerouting of existing traffic

Inefficient optimization as compared to Off-Line Mode

Two modes can be combined at different time scales

61Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 62: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

DiffServ-Aware MPLS-TE

Combine TE concept of routing with service provisioning concept of DiffServ

CBR

New concept of sub pools (within the global available bandwidth pool)

Allows for a more restrictive bandwidth constraint that can be used by LSPs meant for ldquoguaranteedrdquo traffic

Allow LSPs to request bandwidth from a specific sub pool

Concept of ensuring QoS for flows

Forward Equivalence Class (FEC)

A set of classification rules to allow classification of packets

Examples IP Prefix Egress Router Application flow

Use Marking functionality to map FEC onto MPLS header

E-LSP

EXP bits on MPLS header are used to carry information about FEC

L-LSP

MPLS Label contains information about FECs

Map EXP classes to DiffServ PHB for specific scheduling policies

62Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 63: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

Routers or LSRs

In the MPLS network routers are called label switching routers

(LSR)

Edge LSRs (also called LERs) provide the interface between the external IP

network and the LSP

Core LSRs provide transit services through the MPLS cloud using the pre-

established LSP

In a SP network on the ingress the Edge LSR accepts IP packets and

appends MPLS labels

On the egress an edge LSR terminates the LSP by removing MPLS labels

and resorting to the normal IP forwarding

63Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 64: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

Summary - IP QoS Framework

64Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 65: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

QoS65

IntServ vs DiffServ

IntServ network DiffServ

network

Call blocking approach Prioritization approach

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 66: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

QoS66

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Granularity of service

differentiation

Individual Flow Aggregate of

flows

State in routers(eg

scheduling buffer

management)

Per Flow Per Aggregate

Traffic Classification

Basis

Several header fields DS Field

Type of service

differentiation

Deterministic or

statistical guarantees

Absolute or

relative

assurance

Admission Control Required Required for

absolute

differentiation

Signaling Protocol Required(RSVP) Not required for

relative schemes

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 67: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

QoS67

Comparison of Intserv amp Diffserv Architectures

Intserv Diffserv Coordination for

service differentiation

End-to-End Local (Per-Hop)

Scope of Service

Differentiation

A Unicast or Multicast

path

Anywhere in a

Network or in

specific paths

Scalabilty Limited by the number

of flows

Limited by the

number of classes

of service

Network Accounting Based on flow

characteristics and QoS

requirement

Based on class

usage

Network Management Similar to Circuit

Switching networks

Similar to existing

IP networks

Interdomain

deployment

Multilateral

Agreements

Bilateral

Agreements

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 68: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

Common Acronyms

68Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 69: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

References

ldquoQuality of Service Control in High-speed Networksrdquo by HJ Chao X Guo John Wiley and Sons

2002

QoS

Y Bernet ldquoNetworking Quality of Service and Windows Operating Systemsrdquo New Riders Publishing 2001

ISBN 1-57870-206-2

Z Wang ldquoInternet QoS ndash Architectures and Mechanisms for Quality of Servicerdquo Morgan Kaufmann

Publishers 2001 ISBN 1-55860-608-4

httpwwwciscocom

httpwwwqosforumcom

Protocol Standards (httpwwwietforghomehtml)

IntServ

RFC 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2215 2216 2750 2998 3006

DiffServ

RFC 3140 3168 3260 3246 3270 3289

MPLS

RFC 3031 3032 3034 3035

MPLS httpwwwmplsrccom

69Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70

Page 70: Introduction to QoS Mechanisms - Sharifce.sharif.edu/courses/90-91/2/ce873-1/resources/root/Class Notes... · Introduction to QoS ... Control and predictability beyond the “best-effort

Digital Media Lab - Sharif University of Technology

Next Session

Call Admission Control

70